OpenHAB
/
openhab-docs
mirror of https://github.com/openhab/openhab-docs.git
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Projects Releases Wiki Activity

updated generated content 

Signed-off-by: Kai Kreuzer <kai@openhab.org>
pull/688/merge
Kai Kreuzer 2018-05-25 22:00:45 +02:00
parent 20de280a6a
commit 0794f12608
No known key found for this signature in database
GPG Key ID: 5110767B6248D3C0
750 changed files with 13248 additions and 2231 deletions
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

2
_addons_actions/mqtt/readme.md
View File

@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Publish a message to a topic on an MQTT broker.
## Prerequisites
In addition to the MQTT Action service, the MQTT binding (1.x) must be installed and configured. The action can refernce the broker(s) that are configured for the MQTT binding.
In addition to the MQTT Action service, the MQTT binding (1.x) must be installed and configured. The action can reference the broker(s) that are configured for the MQTT binding.
## Action

2
_addons_bindings/amazonechocontrol/readme.md
View File

@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ It will be configured at runtime by using the save channel to store the current
### amazonechocontrol.things
```
Bridge amazonechocontrol:account:account1 "Amazon Account" @ "Accounts" [amazonSite="amazon.de", email="myaccountemail@myprovider.com", password="secure", pollingIntervalInSeconds=60]
Bridge amazonechocontrol:account:account1 "Amazon Account" @ "Accounts" [amazonSite="amazon.de", email="mail@example.com", password="secure", pollingIntervalInSeconds=60]
{
Thing echo echo1 "Alexa" @ "Living Room" [serialNumber="SERIAL_NUMBER"]
Thing echoshow echoshow1 "Alexa" @ "Kitchen" [serialNumber="SERIAL_NUMBER"]

2
_addons_bindings/boschindego/readme.md
View File

@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ The refresh interval is specified in seconds.
A possible entry in your thing file could be:
```java
boschindego:indego:lawnmower [username="myname@myhost.tld", password="idontneedtocutthelawnagain", refresh=120]
boschindego:indego:lawnmower [username="mail@example.com", password="idontneedtocutthelawnagain", refresh=120]
```
## Channels

2
_addons_bindings/icloud/readme.md
View File

@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ The following channels are available (if supported by the device):
### icloud.things
```php
Bridge icloud:account:myaccount [appleId="abc@xyz.tld", password="secure", refreshTimeInMinutes=5]
Bridge icloud:account:myaccount [appleId="mail@example.com", password="secure", refreshTimeInMinutes=5]
{
Thing device myiPhone8 "iPhone 8" @ "World" [deviceId="VIRG9FsrvXfE90ewVBA1H5swtwEQePdXVjHq3Si6pdJY2Cjro8QlreHYVGSUzuWV"]
}

2
_addons_bindings/netatmo/readme.md
View File

@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ Warning : while setting person away using the channel welcomePersonAtHome is fin
```
// Bridge configuration:
Bridge netatmo:netatmoapi:home "Netatmo API" [ clientId="*********", clientSecret="**********", username = "me@example.com", password = "******", readStation=true, readThermostat=false] {
Bridge netatmo:netatmoapi:home "Netatmo API" [ clientId="*********", clientSecret="**********", username = "mail@example.com", password = "******", readStation=true, readThermostat=false] {
// Thing configuration:
Thing netatmo:NAMain:home:inside "Netatmo Inside" [ id="aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa" ]
Thing netatmo:NAModule1:home:outside "Netatmo Outside" [ id="bb:bb:bb:bb:bb:bb", parentId="aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa" ]

2
_addons_bindings/seneye/readme.md
View File

@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ The following channels are supported:
A manual configuration through a `things/seneye.things` file could look like this:
```
Thing seneye:seneye:mySeneye "Seneye" @ "Living Room" [aquarium_name="MyAquarium", username="user@mail.com", password="xxx", poll_time=5]
Thing seneye:seneye:mySeneye "Seneye" @ "Living Room" [aquarium_name="MyAquarium", username="mail@example.com", password="xxx", poll_time=5]
```
A manual configuration through a `demo.items` file could look like this:

6
_addons_bindings/silvercrestwifisocket/readme.md
View File

@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ This binding integrates the Silvercrest Wifi Socket SWS-A1 sold by Lidl and the
## Discovery
The Discovery of Wifi Sockets is always running in the background. If a command is sent to wifi socket using the android/ios app or if the physical button in the device is pressed, the device will be recognized and will be placed in the Inbox.
The Discovery of Wifi Sockets is always running in the background. If a command is sent to wifi socket using the Android/iOS app or if the physical button in the device is pressed, the device will be recognized and will be placed in the Inbox.
## Binding Configuration
@ -42,12 +42,12 @@ Wifi Socket thing parameters:
| macAddress | text | true | The socket MAC address | |
| hostAddress | text | false | The socket Host address. The binding is capable to discover the host address. | |
| updateInterval | integer | false | Update time interval in seconds to request the status of the socket. | 60 |
| vendor | option | true | The vendor of the system ("Aldi_EasyHome" or "Lidl_Silvercrest") | Lidl_Silvercrest |
| vendor | text | true | The vendor of the system ("ALDI_EASYHOME" or "LIDL_SILVERCREST") | LIDL_SILVERCREST |
E.g.
```
Thing silvercrestwifisocket:wifiSocket:lamp [ macAddress="ACCF23343C50", vendor="Aldi_EasyHome" ]
Thing silvercrestwifisocket:wifiSocket:lamp [ macAddress="ACCF23343C50", vendor="ALDI_EASYHOME" ]
```
## Channels

2
_addons_bindings/sleepiq/readme.md
View File

@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ Each bed requires a bed ID as defined by the SleepIQ service.
### Sample Thing Configuration
```
Bridge sleepiq:cloud:1 [ username="name@example.com", password="password", pollingInterval=60, logging=false ]
Bridge sleepiq:cloud:1 [ username="mail@example.com", password="password", pollingInterval=60, logging=false ]
{
Thing dualBed master [ bedId="-9999999999999999999" ]
Thing dualBed guest [ bedId="-8888888888888888888" ]

8
_addons_bindings/tado/readme.md
View File

@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ Parameter | Required | Description
Example `tado.things`
```
Bridge tado:home:demo [ username="a.tado.user@gmail.com", password="secret" ]
Bridge tado:home:demo [ username="mail@example.com", password="secret" ]
```
Afterwards the discovery will show all zones and mobile devices associated with the user's home.
@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ Zones can either be added through discovery or manually. Following up on the abo
Example `tado.things`
```
Bridge tado:home:demo [ username="webuser@gmail.com", password="secret" ] {
Bridge tado:home:demo [ username="mail@example.com", password="secret" ] {
zone heating [id=1]
zone ac [id=2]
zone hotwater [id=0]
@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ Mobile devices are part of discovery, but can also be configured manually. It's
Example `tado.things`:
```
Bridge tado:home:demo [ username="webuser@gmail.com", password="secret" ] {
Bridge tado:home:demo [ username="mail@example.com", password="secret" ] {
mobiledevice phone [id=12345]
}
```
@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ Group `OR` can be used to define an item for *'is any device at home'*.
## tado.things
```
Bridge tado:home:demo [ username="webuser@gmail.com", password="secret" ] {
Bridge tado:home:demo [ username="mail@example.com", password="secret" ] {
zone heating [id=1]
zone ac [id=2]
zone hotwater [id=0]

6
_addons_bindings/tesla/readme.md
View File

@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ If you really don't like the thought of your username and password being stored
```
openhab> smarthome:tesla logon 1
Username (email): ****@***.com
Username (email): mail@example.com
Password:
Attempting logon...
Successfully logged on and stored token.
@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ The Tesla Thing requires the username and password as a configuration value in o
In the thing file, this looks e.g. like
```
Thing tesla:models:1 [ username="your.email@company.com", password="somepassword", vin="5YJSA7H25FFP53746"]
Thing tesla:models:1 [ username="mail@example.com", password="somepassword", vin="5YJSA7H25FFP53746"]
```
## Channels
@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ All devices support the following channels (non exhaustive):
demo.Things:
```
Thing tesla:models:1 [ username="your.email@company.com", password="somepassword", vin="5YJSA7H25FFP53746"]
Thing tesla:models:1 [ username="mail@example.com", password="somepassword", vin="5YJSA7H25FFP53746"]
```
demo.items:

16
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/act/45602_0_0.md
View File

@ -10,7 +10,9 @@ This describes the Z-Wave device *45602*, manufactured by *ACT - Advanced Contro
# Overview
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the 45602
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -18,11 +20,13 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the 45602
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
### Dimmer
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 8 configuration parameters available in the 45602.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
@ -39,6 +43,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
### Parameter 5: Ignore Start Level When Receiving Dim Commands
Every “Dim” command from your remote controller includes a start level embedded in it. The 45602 can be set to ignore the start level that is part of the dim command. Setting parameter 5 to a value of 0 will cause the 45602 to dim or brighten from the start level embedded in the command
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -53,6 +58,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_5_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 7: Dim Rate Step Count - ZWave Control
Number of steps the dimmer will change when controlling via ZWave
Dim Rate Adjustments: Both the number of steps (or levels) that the dimmer will change and the timing of the steps can be modified to suit personal preferences. The timing of the steps can be adjusted in 10 millisecond intervals. As an example, the default setting for parameter 8 is “3”. This means that the lighting level will change every 30 milliseconds when the Dim Command is received. A value of 255 would mean that the level would change every 2.55 seconds. Combined, the two parameters allow dim rate adjustments from 10 milliseconds to 4.2 minutes to go from maximum-to-minimum or minimum-to-maximum brightness levels
Values in the range 1 to 99 may be set.
@ -63,6 +69,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_7_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 8: Dim Rate Step Duration - ZWave Control
Timing of each step the dimmer will change when controlling via ZWave
Dim Rate Adjustments: Both the number of steps (or levels) that the dimmer will change and the timing of the steps can be modified to suit personal preferences. The timing of the steps can be adjusted in 10 millisecond intervals. As an example, the default setting for parameter 8 is “3”. This means that the lighting level will change every 30 milliseconds when the Dim Command is received. A value of 255 would mean that the level would change every 2.55 seconds. Combined, the two parameters allow dim rate adjustments from 10 milliseconds to 4.2 minutes to go from maximum-to-minimum or minimum-to-maximum brightness levels
Values in the range 1 to 255 may be set.
@ -73,6 +80,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_8_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 9: Dim Rate Step Count - Manual Control
Number of steps the dimmer will change when controlling manually
Dim Rate Adjustments: Both the number of steps (or levels) that the dimmer will change and the timing of the steps can be modified to suit personal preferences. The timing of the steps can be adjusted in 10 millisecond intervals. As an example, the default setting for parameter 8 is “3”. This means that the lighting level will change every 30 milliseconds when the Dim Command is received. A value of 255 would mean that the level would change every 2.55 seconds. Combined, the two parameters allow dim rate adjustments from 10 milliseconds to 4.2 minutes to go from maximum-to-minimum or minimum-to-maximum brightness levels
Values in the range 1 to 99 may be set.
@ -83,6 +91,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_9_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 10: Dim Rate Step Duration - manual Control
Timing of each step the dimmer will change when controlling manually
Dim Rate Adjustments: Both the number of steps (or levels) that the dimmer will change and the timing of the steps can be modified to suit personal preferences. The timing of the steps can be adjusted in 10 millisecond intervals. As an example, the default setting for parameter 8 is “3”. This means that the lighting level will change every 30 milliseconds when the Dim Command is received. A value of 255 would mean that the level would change every 2.55 seconds. Combined, the two parameters allow dim rate adjustments from 10 milliseconds to 4.2 minutes to go from maximum-to-minimum or minimum-to-maximum brightness levels
Values in the range 1 to 255 may be set.
@ -93,6 +102,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_10_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 11: Dim Rate Step Count - ZWave All on/off
Number of steps the dimmer will change when receiving a ZWave all on/off command
Dim Rate Adjustments: Both the number of steps (or levels) that the dimmer will change and the timing of the steps can be modified to suit personal preferences. The timing of the steps can be adjusted in 10 millisecond intervals. As an example, the default setting for parameter 8 is “3”. This means that the lighting level will change every 30 milliseconds when the Dim Command is received. A value of 255 would mean that the level would change every 2.55 seconds. Combined, the two parameters allow dim rate adjustments from 10 milliseconds to 4.2 minutes to go from maximum-to-minimum or minimum-to-maximum brightness levels
Values in the range 1 to 99 may be set.
@ -103,6 +113,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_11_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 12: Dim Rate Step Duration - ZWave All on/off
Timing of each step the dimmer will change when receiving a ZWave all on/off command
Dim Rate Adjustments: Both the number of steps (or levels) that the dimmer will change and the timing of the steps can be modified to suit personal preferences. The timing of the steps can be adjusted in 10 millisecond intervals. As an example, the default setting for parameter 8 is “3”. This means that the lighting level will change every 30 milliseconds when the Dim Command is received. A value of 255 would mean that the level would change every 2.55 seconds. Combined, the two parameters allow dim rate adjustments from 10 milliseconds to 4.2 minutes to go from maximum-to-minimum or minimum-to-maximum brightness levels
Values in the range 1 to 255 may be set.
@ -113,6 +124,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_12_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 29: Load Sensing
Sense when existing switch is used to turn on the lamp
Load sensing allows you to operate the lamp using the existing switch on the lamp by sensing a change in the resistive load of the light plugged in. When it detects the change in resistance it will turn the lamp on to full power.
@ -130,10 +142,10 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_29_1``` and is of type ```INTE
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The 45602 supports 0 association group.
The device does not support associations.
## Technical Information
### Endpoints

12
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/act/zdm230_0_0.md
View File

@ -9,9 +9,11 @@ title: ZDM230 - ZWave
This describes the Z-Wave device *ZDM230*, manufactured by *ACT - Advanced Control Technologies* with the thing type UID of ```act_zdm230_00_000```.
# Overview
Radio Frequency (RF) Controlled, 500W, 230 VAC, European Wall Mounted, 3-Way Dimmer Receiver, Dual Switch, Release 1.1
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZDM230
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -19,11 +21,13 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the ZDM230
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
### Dimmer
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 3 configuration parameters available in the ZDM230.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
@ -34,6 +38,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| 3 | Night Light | n night-light mode the LED on the switch will turn ON when the switch is turned OFF. |
### Parameter 1: Ignore Start-Level (Transmitting)
Dimmers controlled by this switch will start dimming from their current level.
Set ignore start level bit when transmitting dim commands. The ZDM230 can send Dim commands to Z-Wave enabled dimmers. The Dim command has a start level embedded in it. A dimmer receiving this command will start dimming from that start level. However, the command also has a bit that indicates whether the dimmer should ignore the start level. If the bit is set to 1, the dimmer will ignore the start level and instead start dimming from its current level. If this bit is set to 0, the dimmer will not ignore the start level.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -49,6 +54,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_1_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 2: Suspend group 4
Disable transmitting commands to Z-Wave devices that are in Group 4 without disassociating those devices from the group.
You may wish to disable transmitting commands to Z-Wave devices that are in Group 4 without “disassociating” those devices from the group. Setting parameter 2 to the value of 1 will stop the ZDM230 from transmitting to devices that are “associated” into Group 4. It is possible that you may only want the units in Group 4 to track when the dimmer is being turned ON and OFF and not when dimming.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -64,6 +70,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_2_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 3: Night Light
n night-light mode the LED on the switch will turn ON when the switch is turned OFF.
The LED on the ZDM230 will by default, turn ON when the load attached is turned ON. To make the LED turn ON when the load attached is turned OFF instead, set parameter 3 to a value of 1.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -79,23 +86,28 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The ZDM230 supports 4 association groups.
### Group 1: Group 1
Left paddle
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 2: Group 2
Right Paddle
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 3: Group 3
Right double click paddle
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 4: Group 4
Group used to inform devices about status updates
This group supports 5 nodes.

12
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/act/zdp200_0_0.md
View File

@ -10,13 +10,17 @@ This describes the Z-Wave device *ZDP200*, manufactured by *ACT - Advanced Contr
# Overview
## Inclusion Information
Use the button on the device.
## Exclusion Information
Use Habmin or another zwave tool to exclude the device from the zwave mesh.
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZDP200
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -24,24 +28,24 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the ZDP200
| Dimmer Switch | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
### Dimmer Switch
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 0 configuration parameter available in the ZDP200.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| Param | Name | Description |
|-------|-------|-------------|
The device has no configuration parameters configugured.
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The ZDP200 supports 1 association group.
### Group 1: Dimmer Switch
This group supports 16 nodes.
## Technical Information

25
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/act/zdw103_0_0.md
View File

@ -10,7 +10,9 @@ This describes the Z-Wave device *ZDW103*, manufactured by *ACT - Advanced Contr
# Overview
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZDW103
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -18,11 +20,13 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the ZDW103
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
### Dimmer
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 16 configuration parameters available in the ZDW103.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
@ -46,6 +50,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| 19 | LED Transmission Indication | Change behavior of LED during transmission to group 1-4 |
### Parameter 1: Set Ignore Start Level Bit When Transmitting Dim Commands
Defines the behavior when transmitting dim commands
The ZDW103 can send Dim commands to Z-Wave enabled dimmers. The Dim command has a start level embedded in it. A dimmer receiving this command will start dimming from that start level. However, the command also has a bit that indicates whether the dimmer should ignore the start level. If the bit is set to 1, the dimmer will ignore the start level and instead start dimming from its current level. To clear this bit, configure this parameter to the value of 0.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -61,6 +66,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_1_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 2: Suspend Group 4
Disable transmission of command to Group 4
You may wish to disable transmitting commands to Z-Wave devices that are in Group 4 without “un-associating” those devices from the group. Setting parameter 2 to the value of 1 will stop the ZDW103 from transmitting to devices that are “associated” into Group 4.
It is possible that you may only want the units in Group 4 to track when the dimmer is being turned ON and OFF and not when dimming.
@ -77,6 +83,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_2_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 3: Night Light
Defines the behavior of the blue LED.
Default is Night Light mode where LED is on when switch is off.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -92,6 +99,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 4: Invert Switch
Change the top of the switch to OFF and the bottom of the switch to ON.
Note: If you invert the switches and also install the product upside down, remember the load will now be controlled by the right, not the left switch.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -107,6 +115,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_4_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 5: Ignore Start-Level (Receiving)
This dimmer will start dimming from its current level.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -122,6 +131,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_5_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 6: Don’t Send Level Command After Transmitting Dim Commands
Change behavior of dim level information update
When you press and hold the bottom of the ZDW103 paddle once, the Z-Wave devices that are associated into Group 1 are sent the Dim command. After you release the paddle, the ZDW103 follows up by commanding the devices to go to the same level of the ZDW103. By default, the ZDW103 is set not to do this. To enable ZDW103 to do this set this parameter to 0.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -137,6 +147,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_6_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 7: On/Off Command Dim Step
Indicates how many levels the dimmer will change for each dimming step.
Values in the range 1 to 99 may be set.
@ -147,6 +158,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_7_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 8: On/Off Command Dim Rate
Sets the rate at which the dimmer changes the light level.
This value indicates in 10 millisecond resolution, how often the dim level will change. For example, if you set this parameter to 1, then every 10ms the dim level will change. If you set it to 255, then every 2.55 seconds
Values in the range 1 to 255 may be set.
@ -157,6 +169,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_8_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 9: Local Control Dim Step
Indicates how many levels the dimmer will change for each dimming step.
Values in the range 1 to 99 may be set.
@ -167,6 +180,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_9_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 10: Local Control Dim Rate
Sets the dim rate
This value indicates in 10 millisecond resolution, how often the dim level will change. For example, if you set this parameter to 1, then every 10ms the dim level will change. If you set it to 255, then every 2.55 seconds the dimmer will change.
Values in the range 1 to 255 may be set.
@ -177,6 +191,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_10_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 11: ALL ON/ALL OFF Dim Step
Indicates how many levels the dimmer will change for each dimming step.
Values in the range 1 to 99 may be set.
@ -187,6 +202,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_11_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 12: ALL ON/ALL OFF Dim Rate
Sets the dim rate for the all on/off command
This value indicates in 10 millisecond resolution, how often the dim level will change. For example, if you set this parameter to 1, then every 10ms the dim level will change. If you set it to 255, then every 2.55 seconds the dimmer will change.
Values in the range 1 to 255 may be set.
@ -197,6 +213,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_12_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 13: Disable Group 4 During a Dim Command
Change behavior of command to Group 4 during Dim Command
After the ZDW103 is commanded to stop dimming, it will then command the Z-Wave devices in Group 4 to the ZDW103’s new level. To prevent the ZDW103 from commanding the Z-Wave devices in Group 4 during this particular occurrence, set Parameter 13 to the value of 1.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -212,6 +229,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_13_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 14: Enable Shade Control Group 2
Enable Shade Control Group 2
The ZDW103 can control shade control devices via its group 2 if this configuration parameter is set to 1.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -227,6 +245,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_14_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 15: Enable Shade Control Group 3
Enable Shade Control Group 3
The ZDW103 can control shade control devices via its group 3 if this configuration parameter is set to 1.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -242,6 +261,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_15_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 19: LED Transmission Indication
Change behavior of LED during transmission to group 1-4
The ZDW103 will flicker its LED when it is transmitting to any of its 4 groups. This flickering can be set to not flicker at all (set to 0), to flicker the entire time it is transmitting (set to 1), or to flicker for only 1 second when it begins transmitting (set to 2). By default, the ZDW103 is set to flicker for only 1 second.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -258,23 +278,28 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_19_1``` and is of type ```INTE
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The ZDW103 supports 4 association groups.
### Group 1: Group 1
Tap once
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 2: Group 2
Tap twice
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 3: Group 3
Tap three time
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 4: Group 4
Group to update transmitter or controler
This group supports 5 nodes.

23
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/act/zdw120_0_0.md
View File

@ -10,7 +10,9 @@ This describes the Z-Wave device *ZDW120*, manufactured by *ACT - Advanced Contr
# Overview
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZDW120
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -18,11 +20,13 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the ZDW120
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
### Dimmer
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 14 configuration parameters available in the ZDW120.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
@ -44,6 +48,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| 19 | LED Transmission Indication | Change behavior of LED during transmission to group 1-4 |
### Parameter 1: Set Ignore Start Level Bit When Transmitting Dim Commands
Defines the behavior when transmitting dim commands
The ZDW120 can send Dim commands to Z-Wave enabled dimmers. The Dim command has a start level embedded in it. A dimmer receiving this command will start dimming from that start level. However, the command also has a bit that indicates whether the dimmer should ignore the start level. If the bit is set to 1, the dimmer will ignore the start level and instead start dimming from its current level. To clear this bit, configure this parameter to the value of 0.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -59,6 +64,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_1_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 2: Suspend Group 4
Disable transmission of command to Group 4
You may wish to disable transmitting commands to Z-Wave devices that are in Group 4 without “un-associating” those devices from the group. Setting parameter 2 to the value of 1 will stop the ZDW120 from transmitting to devices that are “associated” into Group 4.
It is possible that you may only want the units in Group 4 to track when the dimmer is being turned ON and OFF and not when dimming.
@ -75,6 +81,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_2_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 3: Night Light
Defines the behavior of the blue LED.
Default is Night Light mode where LED is on when switch is off.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -90,6 +97,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 4: Invert Switch
Change the top of the switch to OFF and the bottom of the switch to ON.
Note: If you invert the switches and also install the product upside down, remember the load will now be controlled by the right, not the left switch.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -105,6 +113,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_4_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 5: Ignore Start-Level (Receiving)
This dimmer will start dimming from its current level.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -120,6 +129,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_5_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 6: Don’t Send Level Command After Transmitting Dim Commands
Change behavior of dim level information update
When you press and hold the bottom of the ZDW120 paddle once, the Z-Wave devices that are associated into Group 1 are sent the Dim command. After you release the paddle, the ZDW120 follows up by commanding the devices to go to the same level of the ZDW120. By default, the ZDW120 is set not to do this. To enable ZDW120 to do this set this parameter to 0.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -135,6 +145,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_6_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 7: On/Off Command Dim Step
Indicates how many levels the dimmer will change for each dimming step.
Values in the range 1 to 99 may be set.
@ -145,6 +156,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_7_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 8: On/Off Command Dim Rate
Sets the rate at which the dimmer changes the light level.
This value indicates in 10 millisecond resolution, how often the dim level will change. For example, if you set this parameter to 1, then every 10ms the dim level will change. If you set it to 255, then every 2.55 seconds
Values in the range 1 to 255 may be set.
@ -155,6 +167,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_8_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 9: Local Control Dim Step
Indicates how many levels the dimmer will change for each dimming step.
Values in the range 1 to 99 may be set.
@ -165,6 +178,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_9_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 10: Local Control Dim Rate
Sets the dim rate
This value indicates in 10 millisecond resolution, how often the dim level will change. For example, if you set this parameter to 1, then every 10ms the dim level will change. If you set it to 255, then every 2.55 seconds the dimmer will change.
Values in the range 1 to 255 may be set.
@ -175,6 +189,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_10_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 11: ALL ON/ALL OFF Dim Step
Indicates how many levels the dimmer will change for each dimming step.
Values in the range 1 to 99 may be set.
@ -185,6 +200,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_11_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 12: ALL ON/ALL OFF Dim Rate
Sets the dim rate for the all on/off command
This value indicates in 10 millisecond resolution, how often the dim level will change. For example, if you set this parameter to 1, then every 10ms the dim level will change. If you set it to 255, then every 2.55 seconds the dimmer will change.
Values in the range 1 to 255 may be set.
@ -195,6 +211,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_12_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 13: Disable Group 4 During a Dim Command
Change behavior of command to Group 4 during Dim Command
After the ZDW120 is commanded to stop dimming, it will then command the Z-Wave devices in Group 4 to the ZDW120’s new level. To prevent the ZDW120 from commanding the Z-Wave devices in Group 4 during this particular occurrence, set Parameter 13 to the value of 1.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -210,6 +227,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_13_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 19: LED Transmission Indication
Change behavior of LED during transmission to group 1-4
The ZDW120 will flicker its LED when it is transmitting to any of its 4 groups. This flickering can be set to not flicker at all (set to 0), to flicker the entire time it is transmitting (set to 1), or to flicker for only 1 second when it begins transmitting (set to 2). By default, the ZDW120 is set to flicker for only 1 second.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -226,23 +244,28 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_19_1``` and is of type ```INTE
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The ZDW120 supports 4 association groups.
### Group 1: Group 1
Tap once
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 2: Group 2
Tap twice
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 3: Group 3
Tap three time
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 4: Group 4
Group to update transmitter or controler
This group supports 5 nodes.

13
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/act/zir010_0_0.md
View File

@ -10,7 +10,9 @@ This describes the Z-Wave device *ZIR010*, manufactured by *ACT - Advanced Contr
# Overview
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZIR010
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -19,6 +21,7 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the ZIR010
| Alarm | alarm_general | Door | Switch |
### Binary Sensor
The ```sensor_binary``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -29,6 +32,7 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
| OFF | Untriggered |
### Alarm
The ```alarm_general``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -41,6 +45,7 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 4 configuration parameters available in the ZIR010.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
@ -52,6 +57,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| 22 | Awake Time | Duration ranges from 15 to 45 seconds. Valid values range from 15 to 45. |
### Parameter 17: Mode
Notification modes: 0=light, 1=alarm, 2=sensor
The ZIR010 can be configured to operate in 1 of 3 modes. Those modes are:
@ -77,6 +83,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_17_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 18: Off/Idle delay
Configuring the off/idle delay
OFF/IDLE (Applicable only when the ZIR010 is configured for Lighting or Binary Sensor Mode).
@ -89,6 +96,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_18_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 19: Unsolicited Commands
Disabling the zir010 trom sending commands unsolicited
The ZIR010 can be disabled from sending commands unsolicited without removing associated devices by setting Configuration Parameter # 19 to 0 (when asked for number of bytes, select 1). Setting it back to 1 will re-enable the ZIR010.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -104,6 +112,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_19_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 22: Awake Time
Duration ranges from 15 to 45 seconds. Valid values range from 15 to 45.
The ZIR010 will send a Wakeup Notification Command approximately 3 minutes after power up IF and only IF it has been included into a Z-Wave network. From that point on, the ZIR010 will wake up every 4 hours and re-send the Wakeup Notification Command unless configured for another time interval. The ZIR010 will stay awake by default for 30 seconds and then go back to sleep to conserve battery life.
@ -118,20 +127,24 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_22_1``` and is of type ```INTE
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The ZIR010 supports 3 association groups.
### Group 1: Motion
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 2: Tamper
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 3: Battery
This group supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information

21
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/act/zrm230_0_0.md
View File

@ -9,20 +9,24 @@ title: ZRM230 - ZWave
This describes the Z-Wave device *ZRM230*, manufactured by *ACT - Advanced Control Technologies* with the thing type UID of ```act_zrm230_00_000```.
# Overview
Radio Frequency Controlled, 6A, 230 VAC, European Wall Mounted 3-Way Switch, Dual Switch, Release 1.1
The ZRM230 Wall Mounted 3-Way Switch is a component of the HomePro lighting control system. This Wall Mounted Switch is designed to work with other Z-Wave enabled devices. Z-Wave nodes of other types can be added to the system and will also act as repeaters if they support this function of repeating the signal received to other modules in the system.
## Inclusion Information
Including to the Network (Must be installed in permanent location, not on test bench).
1\. Setup the controller you are using to include a device into network.
2\. Tap either the top or bottom of the left switch once
## Exclusion Information
1\. Setup the controller you are using to exclude a device from the network.
2\. Tap either the top or the bottom of the left switch once.
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZRM230
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -31,14 +35,17 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the ZRM230
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
### Switch
The ```switch_binary``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Dimmer
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 9 configuration parameters available in the ZRM230.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
@ -55,6 +62,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| 22 | Poll Group 2 | Group 2 poll control. |
### Parameter 1: Ignore start level
Set ignore start level bit when transmitting dim commands.
The ZRM230 can send Dim commands to Z-Wave enabled dimmers. The Dim command has a start level embedded in it. A dimmer receiving this command will start dimming from that start level. However, the command also has a bit that indicates whether the dimmer should ignore the start level. If the bit is set to 1, the dimmer will ignore the start level and instead start dimming from its current level. If this bit is set to 0, the dimmer will ignore the start level.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -70,6 +78,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_1_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 2: Suspend Group 4
Disable transmitting commands to group 4 devices.
You may wish to disable transmitting commands to Z-Wave devices that are in Group 4 without “disassociating” those devices from the group. Setting parameter 2 to the value of 1 will stop the ZRM230 from transmitting todevices that are “associated” into Group 4.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -85,6 +94,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_2_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 3: Night Light
LED behaviour of the ZRM230.
The LED on the ZRM230 will by default, turn ON when the load attached is turned ON. To make the LED turn ON when the load attached is turned OFF instead, set parameter 3 to a value of 1.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -100,6 +110,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 4: Invert Switch
Switch (paddle) behaviour.
To change the top of the switch to OFF and the bottom of the switch ON , set parameter 4 to 1. Note: If you invert the switches and also install the product upside down, remember the load will now be controlled by the right, not the left switch.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -115,6 +126,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_4_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 14: Enable Shade Control Group 2
Operate shade control devices on group 2.
The ZRM230 can operate shade control devices via its group 2 if this configuration parameter is set to 1.
Values in the range 0 to 1 may be set.
@ -125,6 +137,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_14_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 15: Enable Shade Control Group 3
Operate shade control devices on group 3.
The ZRM230 can operate shade control devices via its group 3 if this configuration parameter is set to 1.
Values in the range 0 to 1 may be set.
@ -135,6 +148,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_15_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 19: LED Transmission Indication
Z-Wave transmission LED settings.
The ZRM230 will flicker its LED when it is transmitting to any of its 4 groups. This flickering can be set to notflicker at all (set to 0), to flicker the entire time it is transmitting (set to 1), or to flicker for only 1 second when it begins transmitting (set to 2). By default, the ZRM230 is set to flicker for only 1 second.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -151,6 +165,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_19_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 20: Poll Group 2 Interval
Poll Group 2 interval (minutes).
Poll Group 2 Interval (minutes), valid values = 1 through 255 (Default value is 2).
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
@ -161,6 +176,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_20_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 22: Poll Group 2
Group 2 poll control.
Poll Group 2, if value is 1, the ZRM230 will poll group 2 at the interval set in configuration Parameter 20.
Values in the range 0 to 1 may be set.
@ -171,23 +187,28 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_22_1``` and is of type ```INTE
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The ZRM230 supports 4 association groups.
### Group 1: Left paddle (relais)
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 2: Right paddle
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 3: Right double click paddle
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 4: Controller updates
Group used to inform devices about the updates of the status of the device.
This group supports 5 nodes.

14
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/act/zrp200_0_0.md
View File

@ -9,15 +9,19 @@ title: ZRP200 - ZWave
This describes the Z-Wave device *ZRP200*, manufactured by *ACT - Advanced Control Technologies* with the thing type UID of ```act_zrp200_00_000```.
# Overview
This is a very old appliance module, which doesn't report the manufacturer information. You'll have to edit the node.xml file(s) yourself. Change the manufacturer from 0x7fffffff to 0x1, to set it to manufacturer ACT. Also, change the deviceType to 7fff and the deviceid to 7fff.
## Inclusion Information
Use the button on the device.
## Exclusion Information
Use Habmin or another zwave tool to exclude the device from the zwave mesh.
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZRP200
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -25,22 +29,20 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the ZRP200
| Switch | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
### Switch
The ```switch_binary``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 0 configuration parameter available in the ZRP200.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| Param | Name | Description |
|-------|-------|-------------|
The device has no configuration parameters configugured.
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The ZRP200 supports 0 association group.
The device does not support associations.
## Technical Information
### Endpoints

18
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/act/zrw230_0_0.md
View File

@ -9,6 +9,7 @@ title: ZRW230 - ZWave
This describes the Z-Wave device *ZRW230*, manufactured by *ACT - Advanced Control Technologies* with the thing type UID of ```act_zrw230_00_000```.
# Overview
**ZRW230 WALL MOUNTED SWITCH**
The ZRW230 Wall Mounted 3-Way Switch is a component of the HomePro lighting control system.
@ -20,6 +21,7 @@ As part of a Z-Wave network, the ZRW230 will also act as a wireless repeater to
There are no field repairable assemblies on this unit.. If service is needed, the unit must be returned where purchased.
## Inclusion Information
**Including to the Network (Must be installed in its permanent location, not on test bench)**
1\. Setup the controller you are using to include a device into network.
@ -27,6 +29,7 @@ There are no field repairable assemblies on this unit.. If service is needed, th
2\. Tap either the top or bottom of the switch once
## Exclusion Information
**Excluding from the Network**
1\. Setup the controller you are using to exclude a device from the network.
@ -34,6 +37,7 @@ There are no field repairable assemblies on this unit.. If service is needed, th
2\. Tap either the top or the bottom of the switch once.
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZRW230
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -41,11 +45,13 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the ZRW230
| Switch | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
### Switch
The ```switch_binary``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 7 configuration parameters available in the ZRW230.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
@ -60,6 +66,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| 19 | LED Transmission Indication | LED Transmission Indication |
### Parameter 1: Set Ignore Start Level Bit
Set Ignore Start Level Bit When Transmitting Dim Commands
The ZRW230 can send Dim commands to Z-Wave enabled dimmers. The Dim command has a start level embedded in it. A dimmer receiving this command will start dimming from that start level. However, the command also has a bit that indicates whether the dimmer should ignore the start level. If the bit is set to 1, the dimmer will ignore the start level and instead start dimming from its current level. If this bit is set to 0, the dimmer will not ignore the start level.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -75,6 +82,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_1_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 2: Suspend Group 4
Stop transmitting to devices that are “associated” into Group 4
You may wish to disable transmitting commands to Z-Wave devices that are in Group 4 without “disassociating” those devices from the group. Setting parameter 2 to the value of 1 will stop the ZRW230 from transmitting to devices that are “associated” into Group 4.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -90,6 +98,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_2_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 3: Night Light
LED behaviour of the ZRW230 switch
The LED on the ZRW230 will by default, turn ON when the load attached is turned ON. To make the LED turn ON when the load attached is turned OFF instead, set parameter 3 to a value of 1.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -105,6 +114,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 4: Invert Switch
Switch (paddle) behaviour.
To change the top of the switch to OFF and the bottom of the switch ON , set parameter 4 to 1.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -120,6 +130,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_4_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 14: Enable Shade Control Group 2
The ZRW230 can operate shade control devices via its group 2
The ZRW230 can operate shade control devices via its group 2 if this configuration parameter is set to 1.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -135,6 +146,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_14_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 15: Enable Shade Control Group 3
The ZRW230 can operate shade control devices via its group 3
The ZRW230 can operate shade control devices via its group 3 if this configuration parameter is set to 1.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -150,6 +162,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_15_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 19: LED Transmission Indication
LED Transmission Indication
The ZRW230 will flicker its LED when it is transmitting to any of its 4 groups. This flickering can be set to not flicker at all (set to 0), to flicker the entire time it is transmitting (set to 1), or to flicker for only 1 second when it begins transmitting (set to 2). By default, the ZRW230 is set to flicker for only 1 second.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -166,24 +179,29 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_19_1``` and is of type ```INTE
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The ZRW230 supports 4 association groups.
### Group 1: Tapping paddle once
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 2: Tapping paddle twice
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 3: Tapping paddle three times
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 4: By command to the ZRW230
This group supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information

31
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/act/ztm230_0_0.md
View File

@ -9,20 +9,24 @@ title: ZTM230 - ZWave
This describes the Z-Wave device *ZTM230*, manufactured by *ACT - Advanced Control Technologies* with the thing type UID of ```act_ztm230_00_000```.
# Overview
The ZTM230 Wall Mounted Transmitter is a component of the HomePro lighting control system. Wire the Transmitter anywhere power is available according to the diagram above and program from the Wireless Controller to operate loads. Inclusion of the ZTM230 Wall Mounted Transmitter on the ZTH200 Wireless Controller menu allows remote ON/OFF control and dimming of lights controlled by associated modules, as it does not control any electrical load directly.
This Wall Mounted Transmitter is designed to work with other Z-Wave enabled devices. Z-Wave nodes of other types can be Included in the network and will also act as repeaters to increase the range of the network.
## Inclusion Information
Including to the Network (Must be installed in its permanent location, not on test bench)
1\. Setup the controller you are using to include the device into the network.
2\. Tap the top or bottom of the left switch once
## Exclusion Information
1\. Setup the controller you are using to exclude a device from the network.
2\. Tap the top or the bottom of the left switch once.
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZTM230
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -31,14 +35,17 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the ZTM230
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
### Switch
The ```switch_binary``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Dimmer
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 19 configuration parameters available in the ZTM230.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
@ -65,6 +72,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| 22 | Poll Group 2 | Poll Group 2 interval (minutes). |
### Parameter 1: Ignore Start Level Bit
Set Ignore Start Level Bit When Transmitting Dim Commands
The ZTM230 can send Dim commands to Z-Wave enabled dimmers. The Dim command has a start level embedded in it. A dimmer receiving this command will start dimming from that start level. However, the command can be sent so that the dimmer ignores the start level and instead start dimming from its current level. By default, the ZTM230 sends the command so that the dimmer will start dimming from its current dim level rather then the start level embedded in the command. To change this, simply set the configuration parameter above to 0.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -80,6 +88,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_1_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 2: Suspend Group 4
Disable transmitting commands to group 4 devices.
You may wish to disable transmitting commands to Z-Wave devices that are in Group 4 without “disassociating” those devices from the group.
Setting parameter 2 to the value of 1 will stop the ZTM230 from transmitting to devices that are “associated” into Group 4
@ -91,6 +100,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_2_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 3: Night Light
LED behaviour of the ZTM230.
The LED on the ZTM230, will by default, turn ON when the status of the devices in Group 1 is ON. To make the LED turn ON when the status of Group 1 is OFF set this parameter to a value of 1.
Values in the range 0 to 1 may be set.
@ -101,6 +111,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 4: Invert Switch
Switch paddle behaviour
To change the top of the transmitter to OFF and the bottom of the transmitter to ON, set parameter 4 to 1. To change back to original settings, set this parameter to the value of 0.
Values in the range 0 to 1 may be set.
@ -111,6 +122,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_4_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 5: Ignore Start Level Bit
Ignore Start Level When Receiving Dim Commands
The ZTM230 can send Dim commands to Z-Wave enabled dimmers. The Dim command has a start level embedded in it. A dimmer receiving this command will start dimming from that start level. However, the command can be sent so that the dimmer ignores the start level and instead start dimming from its current level. By default, the ZTM230 sends the command so that the dimmer will start dimming from its current dim level rather then the start level embedded in the command. To change this, simply set the configuration parameter above to 0
@ -123,6 +135,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_5_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 7: On/Off Command dim step
Dim step parameter
Dim step (dim rate) parameter. It can be set to a value of 1 to 99. This value indicates how many levels the dimmer will change when the timer (discussed below) expires.
Values in the range 1 to 99 may be set.
@ -133,6 +146,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_7_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 8: On/Off Command dim timer
Dim timer parameter
Dim timer parameter (how fast the dim rate) parameter. It can be set to a value of 1 to 255. This value indicates in 10 millisecond resolution, how often the dim level will change. For example, if you set this parameter to 1, then the dim level will change every 10mS. If you set it to 255, then the dim level will change every 2.55 seconds.
Values in the range 1 to 255 may be set.
@ -143,6 +157,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_8_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 9: Local Control dim rate
Dim step Parameter
Local Control dim rate.
Values in the range 1 to 99 may be set.
@ -153,6 +168,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_9_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 10: Dim timer Parameter
Dim timer Parameter
Dim timer Parameter.
Values in the range 1 to 255 may be set.
@ -163,6 +179,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_10_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 11: ALL ON/ALL OFF dim step
ALL ON/ALL OFF dim step
ALL ON/ALL OFF dim rate step parameter.
Values in the range 1 to 99 may be set.
@ -173,6 +190,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_11_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 12: ALL ON/ALL OFF dim rate
Dim timer Parameter
ALL ON/ALL OFF dim rate timer Parameter.
Values in the range 1 to 255 may be set.
@ -183,6 +201,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_12_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 13: Disable group 4 during dim command
Disable group 4 during dim command
Note that this only affects a level that is reported or possibly sent by the ZTM230 since the ZTM230 does not control a load.
@ -195,6 +214,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_13_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 14: Enable shade control group 2
Enable shade control group 2
The ZTM230 can control shade control devices via its group 2 if this configuration parameter is set to 1.
Values in the range 0 to 1 may be set.
@ -205,6 +225,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_14_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 15: Enable shade control group 3
Enable shade control group 3
The ZTM230 can control shade control devices via its group 3 if this configuration parameter is set to 1.
Values in the range 0 to 1 may be set.
@ -215,6 +236,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_15_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 16: Enable shade control group 1
Enable shade control group 1
The ZTM230 can control shade control devices via its group 1 if this configuration parameter is set to 1.
Values in the range 0 to 1 may be set.
@ -225,6 +247,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_16_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 19: Transmission LED
Transmission LED behaviour
The ZTM230 will flicker its LED when it is transmitting to any of its 4 groups. This flickering can be set to not flicker at all (set to 0), to flicker the entire time it is transmitting (set to 1), or to flicker for only 1 second when it begins transmitting (set to 2). By default, the ZTM230 is set to flicker for only 1 second.
Values in the range 0 to 2 may be set.
@ -235,6 +258,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_19_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 20: Poll group 1 interval
Group 1 poll interval
How often it will poll Group 1 is configured using this parameter 20. The default poll rate is 2. Note that the poll interval starts timing again upon successful transmission of the poll request. Also note that the polling interval is not “exact” and that you may see some slight drift occur. Also the poll interval is reset upon switch being pressed. In addition, on power up, the ZTM230 will randomly poll based upon it’s node ID within 2 minutes of power being applied.
Values in the range 1 to 255 may be set.
@ -245,6 +269,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_20_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 21: Poll group 1
Poll group 1
The ZTM230 will poll the first node in Group 1 in order to keep itself synchronized with the group if this configuration parameter is set to 1. How often it will poll is configured using parameter 20.
Values in the range 0 to 1 may be set.
@ -255,6 +280,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_21_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 22: Poll Group 2
Poll Group 2 interval (minutes).
The ZTM230 will poll the first node in Group 2 in order to keep itself synchronized with the group if this configuration parameter is set to 1. How often it will poll is configured using parameter 20.
Values in the range 0 to 1 may be set.
@ -265,23 +291,28 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_22_1``` and is of type ```INTE
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The ZTM230 supports 4 association groups.
### Group 1: Group 1
Group 1 left paddle
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 2: Group 2
Group 2 right paddle
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 3: Group 3
Group 3 double tap right paddle
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 4: Group 4
Group 4
This group supports 5 nodes.

18
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon/dsa03202_0_0.md
View File

@ -10,7 +10,9 @@ This describes the Z-Wave device *DSA03202*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with th
# Overview
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the DSA03202
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -18,11 +20,13 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the DSA03202
| Scene Number | scene_number | | Number |
### Scene Number
The ```scene_number``` channel supports the ```Number``` item.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 9 configuration parameters available in the DSA03202.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
@ -39,6 +43,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| 250 | Secondary Controller Mode | When in Group Mode, the Minimote is paired directly to devices. When in Scene Mode, Minimote button presses will send SCENE\_ACTIVATION commands (NOTE: SCENE\_ACTIVATION will only be received if the primary controller is NODE 1). |
### Parameter 241: Mode of Button 1 (upper left)
Defines the switching mode of Button 1
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -59,6 +64,7 @@ This is a write only parameter.
### Parameter 242: Mode of Button 2 (upper right)
Defines the switching mode of Button 2
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -79,6 +85,7 @@ This is a write only parameter.
### Parameter 243: Mode of Button 3 (lower left)
Defines the switching mode of Button 3
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -99,6 +106,7 @@ This is a write only parameter.
### Parameter 244: Mode of Button 4 (lower right)
Defines the switching mode of Button 4
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -119,6 +127,7 @@ This is a write only parameter.
### Parameter 245: Mode of Button 5 (Include)
Defines the switching mode of Button 5
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -139,6 +148,7 @@ This is a write only parameter.
### Parameter 246: Mode of Button 6 (Exclude)
Defines the switching mode of Button 6
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -159,6 +169,7 @@ This is a write only parameter.
### Parameter 247: Mode of Button 7 (Association)
Defines the switching mode of Button 7
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -179,6 +190,7 @@ This is a write only parameter.
### Parameter 248: Mode of Button 8 (Learn)
Defines the switching mode of Button 8
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -199,6 +211,7 @@ This is a write only parameter.
### Parameter 250: Secondary Controller Mode
When in Group Mode, the Minimote is paired directly to devices. When in Scene Mode, Minimote button presses will send SCENE\_ACTIVATION commands (NOTE: SCENE\_ACTIVATION will only be received if the primary controller is NODE 1).
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -215,24 +228,29 @@ This is a write only parameter.
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The DSA03202 supports 4 association groups.
### Group 1: Scene 1
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 2: Scene 2
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 3: Scene 3
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 4: Scene 4
This group supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information

9
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon/dsa38_0_0.md
View File

@ -10,7 +10,9 @@ This describes the Z-Wave device *DSA38*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the t
# Overview
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the DSA38
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -18,12 +20,14 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the DSA38
| Scene Number | scene_number | | Number |
### Scene Number
The ```scene_number``` channel supports the ```Number``` item.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 1 configuration parameter available in the DSA38.
The following table provides a summary of the 1 configuration parameters available in the DSA38.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| Param | Name | Description |
@ -31,6 +35,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| 250 | Mode of Button 1 | Defines the switching mode of Button 1 |
### Parameter 250: Mode of Button 1
Defines the switching mode of Button 1
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -46,12 +51,14 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_250_1``` and is of type ```INT
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The DSA38 supports 1 association group.
### Group 1: Scene 1
This group supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information

20
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon/dsb05_0_0.md
View File

@ -10,7 +10,9 @@ This describes the Z-Wave device *DSB05*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the t
# Overview
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the DSB05
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -21,6 +23,7 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the DSB05
| Sensor (luminance) | sensor_luminance | Temperature | Number |
### Binary Sensor
The ```sensor_binary``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -31,17 +34,21 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
| OFF | Untriggered |
### Sensor (relative humidity)
The ```sensor_relhumidity``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Humidity``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Sensor (temperature)
The ```sensor_temperature``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Temperature``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Sensor (luminance)
The ```sensor_luminance``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Temperature``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 11 configuration parameters available in the DSB05.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
@ -62,6 +69,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
### Parameter 2: Wake up for 10 minutes when batteries are inserted
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -75,6 +83,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_2_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 3: On time
On time before sending off command
How long should the device associated to multi sensor keep state On before sending it Off command (if the value is bigger than 255, the value would be rounded to next integer in minutes)
Values in the range 1 to 15300 may be set.
@ -87,6 +96,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_2``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 4: Motion sensor
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -102,6 +112,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_4_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 5: Command to send when movement
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -115,6 +126,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_5_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 101: Which reports to send to group 1
Group 1 automatic report list
The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual sensors and battery.
@ -137,6 +149,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_101_4_000000FF``` and is of ty
### Parameter 102: Which reports to send to group 2
Group 2 automatic report list
The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual sensors and battery.
@ -159,6 +172,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_102_4_000000FF``` and is of ty
### Parameter 103: Which reports to send to group 3
Group 3 automatic report list
The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual sensors and battery.
@ -183,6 +197,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_103_4_000000FF``` and is of ty
### Parameter 111: Interval to send out reports of group 1
Values in the range 1 to 2678400 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is 720.
@ -193,6 +208,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_111_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 112: Interval to send out reports of group 2
Values in the range 1 to 2678400 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is 720.
@ -203,6 +219,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_112_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 113: Interval to send out reports of group 3
Values in the range 1 to 2678400 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is 720.
@ -211,6 +228,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_113_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 255: Reset to the default Configuration of all parameters
Set to 1 to reset to factory default
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
@ -222,12 +240,14 @@ This is a write only parameter.
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The DSB05 supports 1 association group.
### Group 1: Group 1 devices
This group supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information

39
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon/dsb09_0_0.md
View File

@ -10,7 +10,9 @@ This describes the Z-Wave device *DSB09*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the t
# Overview
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the DSB09
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -30,47 +32,61 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the DSB09
| Electric meter (watts) 3 | meter_watts3 | Energy | Number |
### Sensor (power)
The ```sensor_power``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (kWh)
The ```meter_kwh``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (watts)
The ```meter_watts``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Reset Meter
The ```meter_reset``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category.
### Sensor (power) 1
The ```sensor_power1``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (kWh) 1
The ```meter_kwh1``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (watts) 1
The ```meter_watts1``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Sensor (power) 2
The ```sensor_power2``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (kWh) 2
The ```meter_kwh2``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (watts) 2
The ```meter_watts2``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Sensor (power) 3
The ```sensor_power3``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (kWh) 3
The ```meter_kwh3``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (watts) 3
The ```meter_watts3``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 19 configuration parameters available in the DSB09.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
@ -97,6 +113,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| 255 | Reset to Factory | Reset all settings to factory defaults |
### Parameter 1: Voltage
Voltage to calculate wattage from amperage.
Values in the range 0 to 32000 may be set.
@ -107,6 +124,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_1_2``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 3: Selective Reporting
Enable/disable selective reporting
When selective reporting is disabled, unit will send a report every X seconds, as configured in items 101-103. When selective reporting is enabled, unit will send a report if thresholds in items 4-7, or percentages in items 8-11, are exceeded. This is used to reduce network traffic. Sum the following values for the source of the reports to be selectively reported:
@ -127,6 +145,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 4: Current Threshold - Whole HEM
Threshold change in wattage to induce an automatic report (Whole HEM).
Values in the range 0 to 60000 may be set.
@ -137,6 +156,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_4_2``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 5: Current Threshold - Clamp 1
Threshold change in wattage to induce an automatic report (Clamp 1). (Valid values 0-60000)
Values in the range 0 to 60000 may be set.
@ -147,6 +167,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_5_2``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 6: Current Threshold - Clamp 2
Threshold change in wattage to induce an automatic report (Clamp 2). (Valid values 0-60000)
Values in the range 0 to 60000 may be set.
@ -157,6 +178,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_6_2``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 7: Current Threshold - Clamp 3
Threshold change in wattage to induce an automatic report (Clamp 3). (Valid values 0-60000)
Values in the range 0 to 60000 may be set.
@ -167,6 +189,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_7_2``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 8: Percent Change - Whole HEM
Percentage change in wattage to induce an automatic report (Whole HEM). (Valid values 0-100)
Values in the range 0 to 100 may be set.
@ -177,6 +200,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_8_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 9: Percent Change - Clamp 1
Percentage change in wattage to induce an automatic report (Clamp 1). (Valid values 0-100)
Values in the range 0 to 100 may be set.
@ -187,6 +211,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_9_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 10: Percent Change - Clamp 2
Percentage change in wattage to induce an automatic report (Clamp 2). (Valid values 0-100)
Values in the range 0 to 100 may be set.
@ -197,6 +222,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_10_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 11: Percent Change - Clamp 3
Percentage change in wattage to induce an automatic report (Clamp 3). (Valid values 0-100)
Values in the range 0 to 100 may be set.
@ -207,6 +233,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_11_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 100: Set parameter 101-103 to default values
Reset to default parameters number 101-103. Any value other than 0 will initiate this reset.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -223,6 +250,7 @@ This is a write only parameter.
### Parameter 101: Which reports need to send automatically for group 1
Sum values of all wanted reports (see Overview)
1 -> Battery Report
@ -253,6 +281,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_101_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 102: Which reports need to send automatically for group 2
Sum values of all wanted reports (see Overview)
1 -> Battery Report
@ -283,6 +312,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_102_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 103: Which reports need to send automatically for group 3
Sum values of all wanted reports (see Overview)
1 -> Battery Report
@ -313,6 +343,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_103_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 110: Set parameter 111-113 to default values
Reset to default parameters number 111-113. Any value other than 0 will initiate this reset.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -331,6 +362,7 @@ This is a write only parameter.
### Parameter 111: Interval to send out reports of group 1
Values in the range 1 to 2678400 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is 720.
@ -341,6 +373,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_111_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 112: Interval to send out reports of group 2
Values in the range 1 to 2678400 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is 720.
@ -351,6 +384,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_112_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 113: Interval to send out reports of group 3
Values in the range 1 to 2678400 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is 720.
@ -359,6 +393,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_113_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 255: Reset to Factory
Reset all settings to factory defaults
Reset all settings in unit to factory settings. If you're getting crazy voltage readings in a unit after upgrading firmware, use this then reconfigure the unit.This is an advanced parameter and will therefore not show in the user interface without entering advanced mode.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -375,20 +410,24 @@ This is a write only parameter.
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The DSB09 supports 3 association groups.
### Group 1: Report group 1
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 2: Report group 2
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 3: Report group 3
This group supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information

41
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon/dsb28_0_0.md
View File

@ -10,7 +10,9 @@ This describes the Z-Wave device *DSB28*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the t
# Overview
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the DSB28
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -34,59 +36,77 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the DSB28
| Electric meter (kWh) 3 | meter_kwh3 | Energy | Number |
### Electric meter (watts)
The ```meter_watts``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (amps)
The ```meter_current``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (volts)
The ```meter_voltage``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (kWh)
The ```meter_kwh``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Reset Meter
The ```meter_reset``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category.
### Electric meter (watts) 1
The ```meter_watts1``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (amps) 1
The ```meter_current1``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (volts) 1
The ```meter_voltage1``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (kWh) 1
The ```meter_kwh1``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (watts) 2
The ```meter_watts2``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (amps) 2
The ```meter_current2``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (volts) 2
The ```meter_voltage2``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (kWh) 2
The ```meter_kwh2``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (watts) 3
The ```meter_watts3``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (volts) 3
The ```meter_voltage3``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (amps) 3
The ```meter_current3``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (kWh) 3
The ```meter_kwh3``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 17 configuration parameters available in the DSB28.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
@ -111,6 +131,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| 255 | Factory Reset | Reset all settings to factory defaults |
### Parameter 2: Reverse clamping
If the reverse clamping pliers, negative power is detected.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -126,6 +147,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_2_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 3: Selective Reporting
Enable selective reporting only when power change reaches a certain threshold or percentage set in 4-11 below. This is used to reduce network traffic. (Bit 0: Whole HEM , Bit 1:Clamp 1, Bit 2:Clamp 2, Bit 3:Clamp 3)
Values in the range 0 to 16 may be set.
@ -136,6 +158,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 4: Current Threshold - Whole HEM
Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Whole HEM). (Valid values 0-60000)
Values in the range 0 to 60000 may be set.
@ -146,6 +169,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_4_2``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 5: Current Threshold - Clamp 1
Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Clamp 1). (Valid values 0-60000)
Values in the range 0 to 60000 may be set.
@ -156,6 +180,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_5_2``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 6: Current Threshold - Clamp 2
Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Clamp 2). (Valid values 0-60000)
Values in the range 0 to 60000 may be set.
@ -166,6 +191,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_6_2``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 7: Current Threshold - Clamp 3
Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Clamp 3). (Valid values 0-60000)
Values in the range 0 to 60000 may be set.
@ -176,6 +202,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_7_2``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 8: Percent Change - Whole HEM
Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Whole HEM). (Valid values 0-100)
Values in the range 0 to 100 may be set.
@ -186,6 +213,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_8_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 9: Percent Change - Clamp 1
Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Clamp 1). (Valid values 0-100)
Values in the range 0 to 100 may be set.
@ -196,6 +224,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_9_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 10: Percent Change - Clamp 2
Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Clamp 2). (Valid values 0-100)
Values in the range 0 to 100 may be set.
@ -206,6 +235,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_10_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 11: Percent Change - Clamp 3
Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Clamp 3). (Valid values 0-100)
Values in the range 0 to 100 may be set.
@ -216,6 +246,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_11_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 101: Which reports need to send automatically for group 1
1 -> Battery Report2 -> MultiSensor Report for the whole device4 -> Meter Report for Watt for the whole device8 -> Meter Report for kWh for the whole device256 -> Meter Report for Watt for clamp 1512 -> Meter Report for W
Values in the range 0 to 1061109568 may be set.
@ -226,6 +257,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_101_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 102: Which reports need to send automatically for group 2
1 -> Battery Report2 -> MultiSensor Report for the whole device4 -> Meter Report for Watt for the whole device8 -> Meter Report for kWh for the whole device256 -> Meter Report for Watt for clamp 1512 -> Meter Report for W
Values in the range 0 to 1061109568 may be set.
@ -236,6 +268,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_102_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 103: Which reports need to send automatically for group 3
1 -> Battery Report2 -> MultiSensor Report for the whole device4 -> Meter Report for Watt for the whole device8 -> Meter Report for kWh for the whole device256 -> Meter Report for Watt for clamp 1512 -> Meter Report for W
Values in the range 0 to 1061109568 may be set.
@ -248,6 +281,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_103_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 111: Interval to send out reports of group 1
Values in the range 1 to 2678400 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is 720.
@ -258,6 +292,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_111_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 112: Interval to send out reports of group 2
Values in the range 1 to 2678400 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is 720.
@ -268,6 +303,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_112_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 113: Interval to send out reports of group 3
Values in the range 1 to 2678400 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is 720.
@ -276,6 +312,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_113_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 255: Factory Reset
Reset all settings to factory defaults
If you upgrade firmware and are seeing crazy or impossible numbers, reset to factory then reconfigure unit.This is an advanced parameter and will therefore not show in the user interface without entering advanced mode.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -293,20 +330,24 @@ This is a write only parameter.
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The DSB28 supports 3 association groups.
### Group 1: Group 1
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 2: Group 2
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 3: Group 3
This group supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information

12
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon/dsb29_0_0.md
View File

@ -10,7 +10,9 @@ This describes the Z-Wave device *DSB29*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the t
# Overview
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the DSB29
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -19,6 +21,7 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the DSB29
| Alarm (general) | alarm_general | Door | Switch |
### Binary Sensor
The ```sensor_door``` channel supports the ```Contact``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Contact``` item type -:
@ -29,6 +32,7 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Contact``
| CLOSED | Closed |
### Alarm (general)
The ```alarm_general``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -41,6 +45,7 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 5 configuration parameters available in the DSB29.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
@ -55,6 +60,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
### Parameter 1: Send Sensor binary report on open/close events
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -70,6 +76,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_1_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 2: Enable wake up 10 minutes when power on
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -85,6 +92,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_2_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 3: Send Basic Set on open/close event
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -98,6 +106,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 121: command class to use for open/close
parameter 4 (LSB)
Set to 0 for no report
@ -121,6 +130,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_121_4_000000FF``` and is of ty
### Parameter 121: command class to use for open/close
see overview (parameter 3)
set to 0 for no report
@ -138,12 +148,14 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_121_4_0000FF00``` and is of ty
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The DSB29 supports 1 association group.
### Group 1: Group 1
This group supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information

13
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon/dsb45_0_0.md
View File

@ -10,7 +10,9 @@ This describes the Z-Wave device *DSB45*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the t
# Overview
## Wakeup Information
To wake up the sensor, _don't_ push the wake up button, as it does nothing. Instead, tap the zwave button once. Use wake up button to put back to sleep immediately.
Press WakeUp button or hold z-wave button
@ -25,6 +27,7 @@ There are 3 ways to exit the Wake up 10 minutes state:
3. Receive the other command except “Wake up no more information CC” , the Water Sensor will wake up for 8 seconds and then go to sleep.
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the DSB45
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -33,6 +36,7 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the DSB45
| Flood Alarm | alarm_flood | Door | Switch |
### Binary Sensor
The ```sensor_binary``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -43,6 +47,7 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
| OFF | Untriggered |
### Flood Alarm
The ```alarm_flood``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -55,6 +60,7 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 5 configuration parameters available in the DSB45.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
@ -67,6 +73,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| 121 | Parameter 121 Value 3 | See documentation |
### Parameter 1: Sensor Binary Report
Toggle the sensor binary report value
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -82,6 +89,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_1_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 2: Wake up
Enable wake up 10 minutes when the power is switched on.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -97,6 +105,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_2_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 3: Basic set value
Toggle the basic set value when the Magnet switch is opened /closed.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -112,6 +121,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 121: Reports that will be sent
configuration Value 4(LSB)
See documentation for bytes
@ -135,6 +145,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_121_4_000000FF``` and is of ty
### Parameter 121: Parameter 121 Value 3
See documentation
set to 1 sends BASIC SET
@ -156,12 +167,14 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_121_4_0000FF00``` and is of ty
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The DSB45 supports 1 association group.
### Group 1: Group 1
This group supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information

14
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon/dsb54_0_0.md
View File

@ -12,7 +12,9 @@ The device is in the category of Door, defining Door sensors.
# Overview
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the DSB54
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -20,6 +22,7 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the DSB54
| Door Sensor | sensor_door | Door | Contact |
### Door Sensor
The ```sensor_door``` channel supports the ```Contact``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Contact``` item type -:
@ -32,6 +35,7 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Contact``
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 7 configuration parameters available in the DSB54.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
@ -48,6 +52,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
### Parameter 1: Send Sensor binary report on open/close events
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -63,6 +68,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_1_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 3: Send Basic Set on open/close event
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -76,6 +82,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 101: Low battery voltage check
parameter defines, if battery check function is possible, when battery is below warning voltage
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -91,6 +98,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_101_1``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 111: Low battery voltage check time
Minimum battery low check Interval time is 4 minutes (240 seconds)
Values in the range 0 to 65535 may be set.
@ -101,6 +109,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_111_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 121: Flag values for triggered magnet switch
Flag values for which reports to send when the magnet switch is triggered
Values in the range 0 to 65535 may be set.
@ -111,6 +120,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_121_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 252: Permit other configurations
Lock or Unlock other configuration set function
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -126,6 +136,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_252_1``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 255: Reset to default
Reset to the default configuration
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -141,16 +152,19 @@ This is a write only parameter.
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The DSB54 supports 2 association groups.
### Group 1: State Updates
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 2: Battery Warnings
This group supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information

24
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon/dsc06_0_0.md
View File

@ -12,7 +12,9 @@ The device is in the category of Power Outlet, defining Small devices to be plug
# Overview
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the DSC06
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -23,20 +25,25 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the DSC06
| Electric meter (watts) | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
### Switch
The ```switch_binary``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Sensor (power)
The ```sensor_power``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (kWh)
The ```meter_kwh``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (watts)
The ```meter_watts``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 15 configuration parameters available in the DSC06.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
@ -61,6 +68,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
### Parameter 1: Multilevel Sensor Report Content
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -74,6 +82,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_1_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 80: Automatic Notifications
Enable or disable automatic notifications
Enables automatic notifications to associated devices whenever there is a state change
@ -92,6 +101,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_80_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 90: Enable/disable Parameter 91 and 92
Enables/disables parameter 91 and 92 below
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -107,6 +117,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_90_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 91: Minimum change in wattage
Minimum change in wattage to trigger event
The value here represents minimum change in wattage (in terms of wattage) for a REPORT to be sent.
Values in the range 0 to 65535 may be set.
@ -117,6 +128,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_91_2``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 92: Minimum change in wattage %
Minimum change in wattage % to trigger event
The value here represents minimum change in wattage percent (in terms of percentage) for a REPORT to be sent.
Values in the range 0 to 100 may be set.
@ -129,6 +141,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_92_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 100: Set 101 to 103 to default values
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -145,6 +158,7 @@ This is a write only parameter.
### Parameter 101: Group 1 report
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -163,6 +177,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_101_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 102: Group 2 report
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -181,6 +196,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_102_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 103: Group 3 report
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -199,6 +215,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_103_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 110: Set 111 to 113 to default values
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -213,6 +230,7 @@ This is a write only parameter.
### Parameter 111: Interval Group 1
The time interval (in seconds) for sending report to Group 1
Values in the range 1 to 65535 may be set.
@ -223,6 +241,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_111_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 112: Interval Group 2
The time interval (in seconds) for sending report to Group 2
Values in the range 1 to 65535 may be set.
@ -233,6 +252,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_112_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 113: Interval Group 3
The time interval (in seconds) for sending report to Group 3
Values in the range 1 to 65535 may be set.
@ -245,6 +265,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_113_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 254: Device Tag
Values in the range 0 to 65535 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is 0.
@ -255,6 +276,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_254_2``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 255: Device Reset
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -269,12 +291,14 @@ This is a write only parameter.
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The DSC06 supports 1 association group.
### Group 1: Status Reports
This group supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information

25
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon/dsc08_0_0.md
View File

@ -10,7 +10,9 @@ This describes the Z-Wave device *DSC08*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the t
# Overview
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the DSC08
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -21,20 +23,25 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the DSC08
| Electric meter (watts) | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
### Dimmer
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
### Sensor (power)
The ```sensor_power``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (kWh)
The ```meter_kwh``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (watts)
The ```meter_watts``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 16 configuration parameters available in the DSC08.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
@ -60,6 +67,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
### Parameter 1: Multilevel Sensor Report Content
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -75,6 +83,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_1_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 2: Make SES blink
Values in the range 0 to 65535 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is 0.
@ -83,6 +92,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_2_2``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 80: Automatic Notifications
Enables automatic notifications to associated devices whenever there is a state change
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -99,6 +109,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_80_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 90: Enable Parameter 91
Enables/disables parameter 91 and 92 below
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -114,6 +125,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_90_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 91: Minimum change in wattage
The value here represents minimum change in wattage (in terms of wattage) for a REPORT to be sent.
Values in the range 0 to 65535 may be set.
@ -124,6 +136,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_91_2``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 92: Minimum change in wattage %
The value here represents minimum change in wattage percent (in terms of percentage) for a REPORT to be sent.
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
@ -136,6 +149,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_92_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 100: Set 100 to 103 to default
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -150,6 +164,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_100_1``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 101: Group 1 report
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -166,6 +181,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_101_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 102: Group 2 report
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -182,6 +198,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_102_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 103: Group 3 report
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -198,6 +215,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_103_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 110: Set 111 to 113 to default
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -210,6 +228,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_110_1``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 111: Interval group 1
The time interval of sending Report group 1
Values in the range 0 to 65535 may be set.
@ -220,6 +239,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_111_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 112: Interval group 1
The time interval of sending Report group 2
Values in the range 0 to 65535 may be set.
@ -230,6 +250,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_112_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 113: Interval group 1
The time interval of sending Report group 3
Values in the range 0 to 65535 may be set.
@ -242,6 +263,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_113_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 254: Device Tag
Values in the range 0 to 65535 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is 0.
@ -251,6 +273,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_254_2``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 255: Device Reset
This is an advanced parameter and will therefore not show in the user interface without entering advanced mode.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -265,12 +288,14 @@ This is a write only parameter.
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The DSC08 supports 1 association group.
### Group 1: Status Reports
This group supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information

15
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon/dsc10_0_0.md
View File

@ -10,7 +10,9 @@ This describes the Z-Wave device *DSC10*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the t
# Overview
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the DSC10
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -18,11 +20,13 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the DSC10
| Switch | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
### Switch
The ```switch_binary``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 8 configuration parameters available in the DSC10.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
@ -38,6 +42,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| 252 | Lock/unlock Configuration Changes | |
### Parameter 3: Current Overload Protection
See overview
Load will be closed when the Current more than 39.5A and the time more than 5 seconds.
The following option values may be configured, in addition to values in the range 0 to 1 -:
@ -53,6 +58,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 20: Output Load Status
Configure the output load status after re‐power on.
The following option values may be configured, in addition to values in the range 0 to 2 -:
@ -69,6 +75,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_20_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 80: Notification on Status Change
The type of report to send when the device status changes
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -87,6 +94,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_80_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 90: Enables/disables parameter 91/92
The following option values may be configured, in addition to values in the range 0 to 1 -:
| Value | Description |
@ -100,6 +108,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_90_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 91: Minimum Change to send Report (Watt)
The value represents the minimum change in wattage for a Report to be sent.
Values in the range 0 to 32000 may be set.
@ -110,6 +119,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_91_2``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 92: Minimum Change to send Report (%)
The minimum change in wattage Percent for a report to be sent
Values in the range 0 to 100 may be set.
@ -122,6 +132,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_92_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 200: Partner ID
The following option values may be configured, in addition to values in the range 0 to 1 -:
| Value | Description |
@ -138,6 +149,7 @@ This is a read only parameter.
### Parameter 252: Lock/unlock Configuration Changes
The following option values may be configured, in addition to values in the range 0 to 1 -:
| Value | Description |
@ -151,16 +163,19 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_252_1``` and is of type ```INT
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The DSC10 supports 2 association groups.
### Group 1: Group 1
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 2: Group 2
This group supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information

57
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon/dsc11_0_0.md
View File

@ -11,11 +11,13 @@ This describes the Z-Wave device *DSC11*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the t
The device is in the category of Light Bulb, defining Devices that illuminate something, such as bulbs, etc..
# Overview
Update command classes -:
METER:5 :: ADD
METER:6 :: ADD
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the DSC11
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -48,86 +50,113 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the DSC11
| Electric meter (watts) 6 | meter_watts6 | Energy | Number |
### Switch
The ```switch_binary``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Switch
The ```switch_binary``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Electric meter (kWh) entire strip
The ```meter_kwh``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (watts) entire strip
The ```meter_watts``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Switch 1
The ```switch_binary1``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Switch 1
The ```switch_binary1``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Electric meter (kWh) 1
The ```meter_kwh1``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (watts) 1
The ```meter_watts1``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Switch 2
The ```switch_binary2``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Switch 2
The ```switch_binary2``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Electric meter (kWh) 2
The ```meter_kwh2``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (watts) 2
The ```meter_watts2``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Switch 3
The ```switch_binary3``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Switch 3
The ```switch_binary3``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Electric meter (kWh) 3
The ```meter_kwh3``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (watts) 3
The ```meter_watts3``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Switch 4
The ```switch_binary4``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Switch 4
The ```switch_binary4``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Electric meter (kWh) 4
The ```meter_kwh4``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (watts) 4
The ```meter_watts4``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Switch 5
The ```switch_binary5``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Electric meter (kWh) 5
The ```meter_kwh5``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (watts) 5
The ```meter_watts5``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Switch 6
The ```switch_binary6``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Electric meter (kWh) 6
The ```meter_kwh6``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (watts) 6
The ```meter_watts6``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 26 configuration parameters available in the DSC11.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
@ -161,6 +190,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| 113 | Interval to send out reports of Group 3 | |
### Parameter 1: Voltage to calculate power
Line voltage used for device calculations of wattage
Values in the range 0 to 32000 may be set.
@ -171,6 +201,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_1_2``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 4: Selective Reporting
Enable selective reporting only when power changes
Enable selective reporting only when power change reaches a certain threshold or percentage set in 4-11 below. This is used to reduce network traffic.
Values in the range 0 to 16 may be set.
@ -181,6 +212,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_4_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 5: Wattage Threshold - Whole strip
Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report
Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Whole HEM). (Valid values 0-60000)
Values in the range 0 to 60000 may be set.
@ -191,6 +223,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_5_2``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 6: Wattage Threshold - Socket 1
Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report
Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Socket 1). (Valid values 0-60000)
Values in the range 0 to 60000 may be set.
@ -201,6 +234,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_6_2``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 7: Wattage Threshold - Socket 2
Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report
Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Socket 2). (Valid values 0-60000)
Values in the range 0 to 60000 may be set.
@ -211,6 +245,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_7_2``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 8: Wattage Threshold - Socket 3
Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report
Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Socket 3). (Valid values 0-60000)
Values in the range 0 to 60000 may be set.
@ -221,6 +256,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_8_2``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 9: Wattage Threshold - Socket 4
Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report
Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Socket 4). (Valid values 0-60000)
Values in the range 0 to 60000 may be set.
@ -231,6 +267,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_9_2``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 10: Wattage Threshold - Socket 5
Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report
Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Socket 5). (Valid values 0-60000)
Values in the range 0 to 60000 may be set.
@ -241,6 +278,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_10_2``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 11: Wattage Threshold - Socket 6
Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report
Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Socket 6). (Valid values 0-60000)
Values in the range 0 to 60000 may be set.
@ -251,6 +289,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_11_2``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 12: Percent Change - Whole Strip
Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report
Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Whole Smart Strip). (Valid values 0-100)
Values in the range 0 to 100 may be set.
@ -261,6 +300,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_12_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 13: Percent Change - Socket 1
Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report
Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Socket 1). (Valid values 0-100)
Values in the range 0 to 100 may be set.
@ -271,6 +311,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_13_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 14: Percent Change - Socket 2
Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report
Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Socket 2). (Valid values 0-100)
Values in the range 0 to 100 may be set.
@ -281,6 +322,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_14_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 15: Percent Change - Socket 3
Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report
Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Socket 3). (Valid values 0-100)
Values in the range 0 to 100 may be set.
@ -291,6 +333,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_15_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 16: Percent Change - Socket 4
Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report
Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Socket 4). (Valid values 0-100)
Values in the range 0 to 100 may be set.
@ -301,6 +344,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_16_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 17: Percent Change - Socket 5
Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report
Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Socket 5). (Valid values 0-100)
Values in the range 0 to 100 may be set.
@ -311,6 +355,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_17_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 18: Percent Change - Socket 6
Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report
Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Socket 6). (Valid values 0-100)
Values in the range 0 to 100 may be set.
@ -321,6 +366,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_18_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 80: Status of load changed report
Status of load changed,send group 1
Status of load changed,send group 1 associate nodes Hail CC or Basic report CC.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -337,6 +383,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_80_4``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 90: Get Temperature
Get temperature of Smart Strip
Get temperature of Smart Strip (Only GET is valid)
Values in the range 0 to 65535 may be set.
@ -347,6 +394,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_90_2``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 100: Reset 0x65~0x67 to default value
Reset 0x65~0x67 to default value
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -361,6 +409,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_100_1``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 101: select channels to report consumtion as item 1
A binary field for reporting consumption (kWh) of channels
Choose the channel or channels to auto-report kWh based on a time interval set in parameter 111. This is the LSB
@ -405,6 +454,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_101_4_000000FF``` and is of ty
### Parameter 101: Select channels to report power as item 1
A binary field to choose channels to report power
Choose the channel or channels to auto-report wattage based on a time interval set in parameter 111.
@ -451,6 +501,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_101_4_0000FF00``` and is of ty
### Parameter 102: Item 2 (kWh)
Channel(s) to auto-report kWh
Choose the channel or channels to auto-report kWh based on a time interval set in parameter 112. This is the LSB
@ -495,6 +546,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_102_4_000000FF``` and is of ty
### Parameter 102: Item 2 (power)
Channel(s) to auto-report wattage
Choose the channel or channels to auto-report wattage based on a time interval set in parameter 112.
@ -543,6 +595,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_102_4_0000FF00``` and is of ty
### Parameter 111: Interval to send out reports of Group 1
Values in the range 1 to 2678400 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is 600.
@ -553,6 +606,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_111_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 112: Interval to send out reports of Group 2
Values in the range 1 to 2678400 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is 600.
@ -563,6 +617,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_112_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 113: Interval to send out reports of Group 3
Values in the range 1 to 2678400 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is 600.
@ -571,12 +626,14 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_113_4``` and is of type ```INT
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The DSC11 supports 1 association group.
### Group 1: Group 1
This group supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information

23
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon/dsc12_0_0.md
View File

@ -10,7 +10,9 @@ This describes the Z-Wave device *DSC12*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the t
# Overview
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the DSC12
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -21,20 +23,25 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the DSC12
| Electric meter (watts) | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
### Switch
The ```switch_binary``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Sensor (power)
The ```sensor_power``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (kWh)
The ```meter_kwh``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (watts)
The ```meter_watts``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 13 configuration parameters available in the DSC12.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
@ -57,6 +64,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
### Parameter 2: Make Micro Smart Switch Blink
Values in the range 0 to 65535 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is 0.
@ -67,6 +75,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_2_2``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 3: Current Overload Protection
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -82,6 +91,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 80: Notification on Status Change
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -98,6 +108,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_80_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 90: Automated sending of a Report triggered by minimal change of value.
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -113,6 +124,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_90_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 91: Minimum Change to send Report (Watt)
Values in the range 0 to 65535 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is 25.
@ -123,6 +135,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_91_2``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 92: Minimum Change to send Report (%)
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is 5.
@ -133,6 +146,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_92_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 101: Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 1
Values in the range 0 to 65535 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is 4.
@ -143,6 +157,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_101_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 102: Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 2
Values in the range 0 to 65535 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is 8.
@ -153,6 +168,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_102_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 103: Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 3
Values in the range 0 to 65535 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is 0.
@ -163,6 +179,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_103_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 111: Interval to send out reports of group 1
Values in the range 1 to 2678400 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is 3.
@ -173,6 +190,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_111_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 112: Interval to send out reports of group 2
Values in the range 1 to 2678400 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is 600.
@ -183,6 +201,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_112_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 113: Interval to send out reports of group 3
Values in the range 1 to 2678400 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is 600.
@ -193,6 +212,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_113_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 120: Turn External Button Mode
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -207,16 +227,19 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_120_1``` and is of type ```INT
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The DSC12 supports 2 association groups.
### Group 1: Target for automatic meter reports
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 2: Target for automatic reports
This group supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information

23
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon/dsc13_0_0.md
View File

@ -10,7 +10,9 @@ This describes the Z-Wave device *DSC13*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the t
# Overview
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the DSC13
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -21,20 +23,25 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the DSC13
| Electric meter (watts) | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
### Dimmer
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
### Sensor (power)
The ```sensor_power``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (kWh)
The ```meter_kwh``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (watts)
The ```meter_watts``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 12 configuration parameters available in the DSC13.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
@ -54,6 +61,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| 113 | Interval to send out reports of group 3 | Time interval to send report to Group 3 |
### Parameter 1: Type of Sensor Report
Defines the value type to be sent as Sensor Report.
The following option values may be configured, in addition to values in the range 0 to 1 -:
@ -69,6 +77,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_1_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 2: Blinking Behavior
See overview
The LSB defines the total time the device need to blink. The value if set in seconds. The MSB defines the on/off interval of the blinking. The unit is 0.1 s.
Values in the range 0 to 65535 may be set.
@ -79,6 +88,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_2_2``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 80: Notification on Status Change
Type of report to send when the device status changes
The following option values may be configured, in addition to values in the range 0 to 2 -:
@ -97,6 +107,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_80_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 90: Disable Minimum Change report
The following option values may be configured, in addition to values in the range 0 to 1 -:
| Value | Description |
@ -110,6 +121,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_90_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 91: Minimum Change to send Report (Watt)
The minimum change in Wattage for a Report to be sent
Values in the range 0 to 32000 may be set.
@ -120,6 +132,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_91_2``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 92: Minimum Change to send Report (%)
The minimum change in Wattage Percent for a report to be sent
Values in the range 0 to 100 may be set.
@ -130,6 +143,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_92_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 101: Reports to send to Group 1
See overview
The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual parameters. The parameters have the values: Wattage=4, Current=2, Voltage=1.
Values in the range 0 to 65535 may be set.
@ -140,6 +154,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_101_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 102: Reports to send to Group 2
See overview
The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual parameters. The parameters have the values: Wattage=4, Current=2, Voltage=1.
Values in the range 0 to 65535 may be set.
@ -150,6 +165,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_102_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 103: Reports to send to Group 3
See overview
The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual parameters. The parameters have the values: Wattage=4, Current=2, Voltage=1.
Values in the range 0 to 65535 may be set.
@ -160,6 +176,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_103_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 111: Interval to send out reports of group 1
Time interval to send report to Group 1
Values in the range 0 to 65535 may be set.
@ -170,6 +187,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_111_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 112: Interval to send out reports of group 2
Time interval to send report to Group 2
Values in the range 0 to 65535 may be set.
@ -180,6 +198,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_112_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 113: Interval to send out reports of group 3
Time interval to send report to Group 3
Values in the range 0 to 65535 may be set.
@ -190,20 +209,24 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_113_4``` and is of type ```INT
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The DSC13 supports 3 association groups.
### Group 1: Group 1
Status Reports
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 2: Group 2
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 3: Group 3
This group supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information

19
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon/dsc14_0_0.md
View File

@ -10,7 +10,9 @@ This describes the Z-Wave device *DSC14*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the t
# Overview
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the DSC14
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -19,14 +21,17 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the DSC14
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
### Switch
The ```switch_binary``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Dimmer
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 12 configuration parameters available in the DSC14.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
@ -48,6 +53,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
### Parameter 1: Type of Sensor Report
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -63,6 +69,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_1_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 2: Blinking Behavior
Values in the range 0 to 65535 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is 0.
@ -73,6 +80,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_2_2``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 80: Notification on Status Change
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -88,6 +96,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_80_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 90: Disable automated reporting
Disables Function of automated sending of a Report triggered by minimal change of value.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -104,6 +113,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_90_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 91: Minimum Change to send Report (Watt)
Values in the range 0 to 32000 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is 50.
@ -114,6 +124,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_91_2``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 92: Minimum Change to send Report (%)
Values in the range 0 to 100 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is 10.
@ -123,6 +134,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_92_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 101: reports to send automatically
The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual parameters. The parameters have the values: Wattage=4, Current=2, Voltage=1.
Values in the range 0 to 65535 may be set.
@ -133,6 +145,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_101_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 102: Which reports to send automatically to group 2
The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual parameters. The parameters have the values: Wattage=4, Current=2, Voltage=1.
Values in the range 0 to 65535 may be set.
@ -143,6 +156,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_102_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 103: Which reports to send automatically to group 3
The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual parameters. The parameters have the values: Wattage=4, Current=2, Voltage=1.
Values in the range 0 to 65535 may be set.
@ -154,6 +168,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_103_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 111: Interval to send out reports of group 1
Values in the range 0 to 65535 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is 720.
@ -164,6 +179,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_111_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 112: Interval to send out reports of group 2
Values in the range 0 to 65535 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is 720.
@ -174,6 +190,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_112_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 113: Interval to send out reports of group 3
Values in the range 0 to 65535 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is 720.
@ -182,11 +199,13 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_113_4``` and is of type ```INT
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The DSC14 supports 1 association group.
### Group 1: Group 1
Status Reports
This group supports 5 nodes.

30
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon/dsc17_0_0.md
View File

@ -10,7 +10,9 @@ This describes the Z-Wave device *DSC17*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the t
# Overview
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the DSC17
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -24,29 +26,37 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the DSC17
| Switch 2 | switch_binary2 | Switch | Switch |
### Switch
The ```switch_binary``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Sensor (power)
The ```sensor_power``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (watts)
The ```meter_watts``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (kWh)
The ```meter_kwh``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Reset Meter
The ```meter_reset``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category.
### Switch 1
The ```switch_binary1``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Switch 2
The ```switch_binary2``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 16 configuration parameters available in the DSC17.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
@ -70,6 +80,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| 255 | Reset to the default Configuration. | |
### Parameter 2: Blink
This is a double byte value.
This is a double byte value. The LSB defines the total time the device need to blink. The value is set in seconds. The MSB defines the on/off interval of the blinking. The unit is 0.1 s.
@ -82,6 +93,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_2_2``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 3: Current Overload Protection
Load current>=10.A,2 minutes later ,automatic turn off the load
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -97,6 +109,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 80: Notification on Status Change
Enables automatic notifications to associated devices
Parameter to Enable to send notification to associated devices (Group 1) when the state of Micro Smart Switch's load changed
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -113,6 +126,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_80_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 90: Enables/disables parameter 91 and 92
Automated sending of a Report triggered by minimal change of value.
Parameter to Enable/Disable automated sending of a Report triggered by minimal change of value.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -128,6 +142,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_90_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 91: Minimum Change to send Report (Watt)
The value represents the minimum change in Watts for a Report to be sent
Values in the range 0 to 65535 may be set.
@ -138,6 +153,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_91_2``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 92: Minimum Change to send Report (%)
The value represents the min. change in Watts Percent for a report to be sent
Values in the range 0 to 100 may be set.
@ -150,6 +166,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_92_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 100: Set 101-103 to default.
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -164,6 +181,7 @@ This is a write only parameter.
### Parameter 101: Automatic reports for group 1
Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 1
The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual parameters. The parameters have the values: KWH=8, Wattage=4, Current=2, Voltage=1.
The following option values may be configured, in addition to values in the range 0 to 15 -:
@ -183,6 +201,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_101_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 102: Automatic reports for group 2
Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 2
The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual parameters. The parameters have the values: KWH=8, Wattage=4, Current=2, Voltage=1.
The following option values may be configured, in addition to values in the range 0 to 15 -:
@ -202,6 +221,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_102_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 103: Automatic reports for group 3
Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 3
The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual parameters. The parameters have the values: KWH=8, Wattage=4, Current=2, Voltage=1.
The following option values may be configured, in addition to values in the range 0 to 15 -:
@ -223,6 +243,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_103_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 110: Set 111-113 to default.
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -239,6 +260,7 @@ This is a write only parameter.
### Parameter 111: Interval to send out reports of group 1
Values in the range 1 to 2678400 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is 600.
@ -249,6 +271,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_111_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 112: Interval to send out reports of group 2
Values in the range 1 to 2678400 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is 600.
@ -259,6 +282,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_112_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 113: Interval to send out reports of group 3
Values in the range 1 to 2678400 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is 600.
@ -269,6 +293,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_113_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 120: Set External Switch/Button Control mode
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -285,6 +310,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_120_1``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 255: Reset to the default Configuration.
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -298,20 +324,24 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_255_1``` and is of type ```INT
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The DSC17 supports 3 association groups.
### Group 1: Group 1
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 2: Group 2
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 3: Group 3
This group supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information

25
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon/dsc18_0_0.md
View File

@ -10,7 +10,9 @@ This describes the Z-Wave device *DSC18*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the t
# Overview
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the DSC18
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -23,26 +25,33 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the DSC18
| Reset Meter | meter_reset | Energy | Switch |
### Switch
The ```switch_binary``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Electric meter (watts)
The ```meter_watts``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (amps)
The ```meter_current``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (kWh)
The ```meter_kwh``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (volts)
The ```meter_voltage``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Reset Meter
The ```meter_reset``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 13 configuration parameters available in the DSC18.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
@ -65,6 +74,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
### Parameter 2: Make Micro Smart Switch Blink
Values in the range 0 to 65535 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is 0.
@ -75,6 +85,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_2_2``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 3: Current Overload Protection
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -90,6 +101,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 80: Notification on Status Change
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -106,6 +118,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_80_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 90: Automated sending of a Report triggered by minimal change of value.
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -121,6 +134,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_90_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 91: Minimum Change to send Report (Watt)
Values in the range 0 to 65535 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is 25.
@ -131,6 +145,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_91_2``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 92: Minimum Change to send Report (%)
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is 5.
@ -141,6 +156,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_92_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 101: Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 1
Values in the range 0 to 65535 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is 4.
@ -151,6 +167,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_101_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 102: Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 2
Values in the range 0 to 65535 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is 8.
@ -161,6 +178,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_102_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 103: Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 3
Values in the range 0 to 65535 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is 0.
@ -171,6 +189,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_103_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 111: Interval to send out reports of group 1
Values in the range 1 to 2678400 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is 3.
@ -181,6 +200,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_111_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 112: Interval to send out reports of group 2
Values in the range 1 to 2678400 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is 600.
@ -191,6 +211,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_112_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 113: Interval to send out reports of group 3
Values in the range 1 to 2678400 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is 600.
@ -201,6 +222,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_113_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 120: Turn External Button Mode
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -215,16 +237,19 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_120_1``` and is of type ```INT
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The DSC18 supports 2 association groups.
### Group 1: Target for automatic meter reports
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 2: Target for automatic reports
This group supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information

28
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon/dsc19_0_0.md
View File

@ -9,15 +9,19 @@ title: DSC19 - ZWave
This describes the Z-Wave device *DSC19*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the thing type UID of ```aeon_dsc19_00_000```.
# Overview
The Aeon Labs Micro Smart Dimmer (2nd Edition) is a scene multilevel switch device based on Z‐wave enhanced slave library V4.55.00.
## Inclusion Information
Include Smart Dimmer into an existing Z‐Wave network: 1. Install Micro Smart Dimmer, and connect Micro Smart Dimmer to an AC‐input power source. 2. Let the primary controller of existing Z‐Wave network into inclusion mode (If you don’t know how to do this, refer to its manual). 3. Press the Z‐Wave button. 4. If the Learning failed, please repeat the process from step 2.
## Exclusion Information
Remove Smart Switch from an existing Z‐Wave network: 1. Installed Micro Smart Dimmer, and connect Micro Smart Dimmer to an AC‐ input power source. 2. Let the primary controller of existing Z‐Wave network into remove mode (If you don’t know how to do this, refer to its manual). 3. Press the Z‐Wave button. 4. If the remove failed, please repeat the process from step 2
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the DSC19
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -30,26 +34,33 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the DSC19
| Electric Meter (kVah) | meter_kvah | Energy | Number |
### Dimmer
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
### Electric meter (kWh)
The ```meter_kwh``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (volts)
The ```meter_voltage``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (watts)
The ```meter_watts``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (amps)
The ```meter_current``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric Meter (kVah)
The ```meter_kvah``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 14 configuration parameters available in the DSC19.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
@ -71,6 +82,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| 120 | Turn External Button Mode | Parameter to set External button type |
### Parameter 2: Make Micro Smart Dimmer 2nd Edition Blink
The LSB defines the total time the device need to blink.
This is a double byte value. The LSB defines the total time the device need to blink. The value if set in seconds. The MSB defines the on/off interval of the blinking. The unit is 0.1 s.
Values in the range 0 to 65535 may be set.
@ -81,6 +93,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_2_2``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 3: Current Overload Protection
Load will be closed when current more that 2.7A and time more than 2 minutes
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -96,6 +109,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 13: Enable/Disable CRC16 encapsulation
Parameter to Enable/Disable CRC16 encapsulation
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
@ -106,6 +120,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_13_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 80: Notification on Status Change
Send load notification to associated devices
Parameter to Enable to send notification to associated devices (Group 1) when the state of Micro Smart Dimmer's load changed
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -122,6 +137,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_80_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 90: Sending of a Report triggered by minimal change of value.
Automated sending of a Report triggered by minimal change of value.
Parameter to Enable/Disable automated sending of a Report triggered by minimal change of value.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -137,6 +153,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_90_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 91: Minimum Change to send Report (Watt)
The value represents the minimum change in Wattage for a Report to be sent.
Values in the range 0 to 65535 may be set.
@ -147,6 +164,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_91_2``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 92: Minimum Change to send Report (%)
The minimum change in Watage Percent for a report to be sent.
The value represents the minimum change in Watage Percent for a report to be sent.
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
@ -157,6 +175,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_92_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 101: Reports for Group 1
Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 1
The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual parameters. The parameters have the values: KWH=8, Wattage=4, Current=2, Voltage=1.
Values in the range 0 to 65535 may be set.
@ -167,6 +186,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_101_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 102: Reports for Group 2
Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 2
The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual parameters. The parameters have the values: KWH=8, Wattage=4, Current=2, Voltage=1.
Values in the range 0 to 65535 may be set.
@ -177,6 +197,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_102_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 103: Reports for Group 3
Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 3
The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual parameters. The parameters have the values: KWH=8, Wattage=4, Current=2, Voltage=1.
Values in the range 0 to 65535 may be set.
@ -189,6 +210,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_103_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 111: Interval to send out reports of group 1
Values in the range 1 to 2678400 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is 3.
@ -199,6 +221,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_111_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 112: Interval to send out reports of group 2
Values in the range 1 to 2678400 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is 600.
@ -209,6 +232,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_112_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 113: Interval to send out reports of group 3
Values in the range 1 to 2678400 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is 600.
@ -217,6 +241,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_113_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 120: Turn External Button Mode
Parameter to set External button type
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -233,16 +258,19 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_120_1``` and is of type ```INT
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The DSC19 supports 2 association groups.
### Group 1: Target for automatic meter reports
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 2: Target for automatic reports
This group supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information

29
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon/dsc24_0_0.md
View File

@ -12,7 +12,9 @@ The device is in the category of Power Outlet, defining Small devices to be plug
# Overview
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the DSC24
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -26,29 +28,37 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the DSC24
| Reset Meter | meter_reset | Energy | Switch |
### Switch
The ```switch_binary``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Scene Number
The ```scene_number``` channel supports the ```Number``` item.
### Electric meter (kWh)
The ```meter_kwh``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (watts)
The ```meter_watts``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (amps)
The ```meter_current``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (volts)
The ```meter_voltage``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Reset Meter
The ```meter_reset``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 16 configuration parameters available in the DSC24.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
@ -74,6 +84,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
### Parameter 1: Multilevel Sensor Report Content
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is 0.
@ -84,6 +95,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_1_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 2: Make SES blink
Values in the range 0 to 65535 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is 0.
@ -92,6 +104,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_2_2``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 80: Automatic Notifications
Enables automatic notifications to associated devices whenever there is a state change
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -108,6 +121,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_80_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 90: Enable Parameter 91
Enables/disables parameter 91 and 92 below
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -123,6 +137,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_90_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 91: Minimum change in wattage
The value here represents minimum change in wattage (in terms of wattage) for a REPORT to be sent.
Values in the range 0 to 65535 may be set.
@ -133,6 +148,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_91_2``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 92: Minimum change in wattage %
The value here represents minimum change in wattage percent (in terms of percentage) for a REPORT to be sent.
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
@ -145,6 +161,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_92_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 100: Set 100 to 103 to default
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -159,6 +176,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_100_1``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 101: Group 1 report
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -175,6 +193,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_101_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 102: Group 2 report
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -191,6 +210,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_102_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 103: Group 3 report
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -207,6 +227,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_103_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 110: Set 111 to 113 to default
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -219,6 +240,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_110_1``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 111: Interval group 1
The time interval of sending Report group 1
Values in the range 0 to 65535 may be set.
@ -229,6 +251,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_111_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 112: Interval group 1
The time interval of sending Report group 2
Values in the range 0 to 65535 may be set.
@ -239,6 +262,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_112_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 113: Interval group 1
The time interval of sending Report group 3
Values in the range 0 to 65535 may be set.
@ -251,6 +275,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_113_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 254: Device Tag
Values in the range 0 to 65535 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is 0.
@ -261,6 +286,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_254_2``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 255: Device Reset
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -273,15 +299,18 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_255_1``` and is of type ```INT
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The DSC24 supports 2 association groups.
### Group 1: Status Reports
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 2: Send Reports on blind state change
Send Reports on blind state change
This group supports 10 nodes.

12
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon/dsc25_0_0.md
View File

@ -10,7 +10,9 @@ This describes the Z-Wave device *DSC25*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the t
# Overview
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the DSC25
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -18,22 +20,20 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the DSC25
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
### Dimmer
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 0 configuration parameter available in the DSC25.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| Param | Name | Description |
|-------|-------|-------------|
The device has no configuration parameters configugured.
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The DSC25 supports 0 association group.
The device does not support associations.
## Technical Information
### Endpoints

20
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon/dsc26_0_0.md
View File

@ -12,7 +12,9 @@ The device is in the category of Wall Switch, defining Any device attached to th
# Overview
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the DSC26
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -20,11 +22,13 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the DSC26
| Switch | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
### Switch
The ```switch_binary``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 13 configuration parameters available in the DSC26.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
@ -45,6 +49,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| 255 | Reset configuration set up to default setting | |
### Parameter 2: Make Micro Switch 2nd Edition Blink
This is a double byte value. The LSB defines the total time the device need to blink. The value if set in seconds. The MSB defines the on/off interval of the blinking. The unit is 0.1 s.
Values in the range 0 to 65535 may be set.
@ -55,6 +60,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_2_2``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 80: Notification on Status Change
Parameter to Enable to send notification to associated devices (Group 1) when the state of Micro Switch's load changed
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -71,6 +77,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_80_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 101: Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 1
The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual parameters. The parameters have the values: KWH=8, Wattage=4, Current=2, Voltage=1.
Values in the range 0 to 65535 may be set.
@ -81,6 +88,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_101_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 102: Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 2
The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual parameters. The parameters have the values: KWH=8, Wattage=4, Current=2, Voltage=1.
Values in the range 0 to 65535 may be set.
@ -91,6 +99,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_102_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 103: Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 3
The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual parameters. The parameters have the values: KWH=8, Wattage=4, Current=2, Voltage=1.
Values in the range 0 to 65535 may be set.
@ -103,6 +112,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_103_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 111: Interval to send out reports of group 1
Values in the range 1 to 2678400 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is 3.
@ -113,6 +123,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_111_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 112: Interval to send out reports of group 2
Values in the range 1 to 2678400 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is 600.
@ -123,6 +134,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_112_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 113: Interval to send out reports of group 3
Values in the range 1 to 2678400 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is 600.
@ -131,6 +143,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_113_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 120: Turn External Button Mode
Parameter to set External button type
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -149,6 +162,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_120_1``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 200: Partner ID
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -164,6 +178,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_200_1``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 252: Enable/disable Lock Configuration
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -179,6 +194,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_252_1``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 254: Device Tag
Values in the range 0 to 65535 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is 0.
@ -189,6 +205,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_254_2``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 255: Reset configuration set up to default setting
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is 5.
@ -198,16 +215,19 @@ This is a write only parameter.
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The DSC26 supports 2 association groups.
### Group 1: Lifeline
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 2: Retransmit
This group supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information

8
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon/dsc27_0_0.md
View File

@ -10,7 +10,9 @@ This describes the Z-Wave device *DSC27*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the t
# Overview
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the DSC27
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -18,11 +20,13 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the DSC27
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
### Dimmer
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 2 configuration parameters available in the DSC27.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
@ -32,6 +36,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| 120 | Turn External Button Mode | Parameter to set External button type |
### Parameter 80: Notification on Status Change
Parameter to Enable to send notification to associated devices (Group 1) when the state of Micro Dimmer's load changed
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -48,6 +53,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_80_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 120: Turn External Button Mode
Parameter to set External button type
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -64,12 +70,14 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_120_1``` and is of type ```INT
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The DSC27 supports 1 association group.
### Group 1: Target for automatic reports
This group supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information

14
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon/dsc35_0_0.md
View File

@ -12,7 +12,9 @@ The device is in the category of Wall Switch, defining Any device attached to th
# Overview
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the DSC35
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -22,28 +24,28 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the DSC35
| Switch 2 | switch_binary2 | Switch | Switch |
### Switch
The ```switch_binary``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Switch 1
The ```switch_binary1``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Switch 2
The ```switch_binary2``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 0 configuration parameter available in the DSC35.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| Param | Name | Description |
|-------|-------|-------------|
The device has no configuration parameters configugured.
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The DSC35 supports 0 association group.
The device does not support associations.
## Technical Information
### Endpoints

11
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon/dsd31_0_0.md
View File

@ -12,7 +12,9 @@ The device is in the category of Siren, defining Siren used by Alarm systems.
# Overview
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the DSD31
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -20,11 +22,13 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the DSD31
| Switch | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
### Switch
The ```switch_binary``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 5 configuration parameters available in the DSD31.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
@ -37,6 +41,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| 252 | Enable/Disable 'Lock' - Configuration | |
### Parameter 37: Sirensound and Volume
Sets the sound type and volume
The Value1(low byte) is used to select the Siren sound. The Value2(high byte) is used to adjust the volume. Other values will be ignored. 0 1 -> do not change the current sound.1 1 -> Siren sound 1 is selected.2 1 -> Siren sound 2 iThis is an advanced parameter and will therefore not show in the user interface without entering advanced mode.
Values in the range 0 to 65535 may be set.
@ -49,6 +54,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_37_2``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 37: Siren Sound
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -67,6 +73,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_37_2_0000000F``` and is of typ
### Parameter 37: Siren Volume
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -81,6 +88,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_37_2_00000F00``` and is of typ
### Parameter 80: Send Notifications
send notifications to associated devices
Enable to send notifications to associated devices when the state of Siren changed.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -99,6 +107,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_80_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 252: Enable/Disable 'Lock' - Configuration
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -112,12 +121,14 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_252_1``` and is of type ```INT
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The DSD31 supports 1 association group.
### Group 1: Lifeline
This group supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information

8
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon/dsd37_0_0.md
View File

@ -10,7 +10,9 @@ This describes the Z-Wave device *DSD37*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the t
# Overview
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the DSD37
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -19,6 +21,7 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the DSD37
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 3 configuration parameters available in the DSD37.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
@ -29,6 +32,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| 255 | Reset configuration settings to default values | Reset configuration settings to default values, except parameter is 254 |
### Parameter 200: Partner ID
Partner ID
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -47,6 +51,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_200_1``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 254: Device Tag
When Repeater removed from z-wave network, Device Tag will not change
Values in the range 0 to 1 may be set.
@ -57,6 +62,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_254_2``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 255: Reset configuration settings to default values
Reset configuration settings to default values, except parameter is 254
Values in the range 0 to 1 may be set.
@ -67,12 +73,14 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_255_1``` and is of type ```INT
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The DSD37 supports 1 association group.
### Group 1: Group 1
This group supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information

27
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon/zw056_0_0.md
View File

@ -9,17 +9,20 @@ title: ZW056 - ZWave
This describes the Z-Wave device *ZW056*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the thing type UID of ```aeon_zw056_00_000```.
# Overview
Aeon Labs Doorbell is a switch binary device based on Z-wave enhanced slave library V6.51.06.
The Doorbell supports playing MP3 music files with a press of this doorbell. It has a 16MB flash memory that can store up to 100 ringtones. The volume can be adjusted manually via short press on the Volume Button, also you can switch the doorbell sound to the next via long press on the Volume Button. You may change/update your doorbell ringtone at any point in time you want by connecting your Doorbell to your PC to update the sound track on your Doorbell’s flash memory.
## Inclusion Information
1\. Install Doorbell, and plug it into the socket of AC Power.
2\. Let the primary controller into inclusion mode (If you don’t know how to do this, please refer to its manual).
3\. Press the Action Button.
4\. If the inclusion is failed, please repeat the process from step 2.
## Exclusion Information
1\. Install Doorbell, and plug it into the socket of AC Power.
2\. Let the primary controller into exclusion mode (If you don’t know how to do this, refer to its manual).
3\. Press the Action Button.
@ -28,6 +31,7 @@ The Doorbell supports playing MP3 music files with a press of this doorbell. It
Note: If Doorbell is removed from Z-wave network, it will be reset to factory default.
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW056
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -40,26 +44,33 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW056
| Button Battery Status | config_decimal | | Decimal |
### Switch
The ```switch_binary``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Volume
The ```config_decimal``` channel supports the ```Decimal``` item.
### Repititions
The ```config_decimal``` channel supports the ```Decimal``` item.
### Play Chime Now
The ```config_decimal``` channel supports the ```Decimal``` item.
### Doorbell Notifications
The ```config_decimal``` channel supports the ```Decimal``` item.
### Button Battery Status
The ```config_decimal``` channel supports the ```Decimal``` item.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 13 configuration parameters available in the ZW056.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
@ -80,6 +91,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| 255 | Reset | Reset to factory settings |
### Parameter 2: Repetitions of ringtone
Set the repetitions for playing doorbell ringtone.
Value=1 to 255, the range of repetition is 1 to 100. Value =0, ignore. Note: If the time of playing doorbell ringtone is more than 20s, the volume of ringtone will reduce to silence no matter how many repetitions of doorbell ringtone are set.
Values in the range 0 to 100 may be set.
@ -90,6 +102,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_2_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 5: Default ringtone
Set the default doorbell ringtone. Default=1
Values in the range 1 to 100 may be set.
@ -100,6 +113,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_5_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 6: Ringtone to play
Set a ringtone to play. Default=0
Set this to any ringtone (1-100) to have it play that ringtone.
The following option values may be configured, in addition to values in the range 0 to 100 -:
@ -116,6 +130,7 @@ This is a write only parameter.
### Parameter 7: Control items
Control current output
Control items: Value=1, play Value=2, stop Value=3, pause Value=4, Next Value=5, Previous Other, ignore
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -136,6 +151,7 @@ This is a write only parameter.
### Parameter 8: Ringtone volume
Default=10
Values in the range 0 to 10 may be set.
@ -146,6 +162,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_8_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 10: Define button- and button+ action
Define functions of “Button ‐” and “Button+”.
0: button- is previous, button+ is next
@ -163,6 +180,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_10_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 11: Define long press button- and button+
Define short/long button presses
0: short pressing changes volume, long pressing changes
default ringtone.
@ -181,6 +199,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_11_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 42: Get wireless button battery status
Alert for low battery
0x00: normal battery level
@ -200,6 +219,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_42_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 80: Enable Notifications
Enable to send notifications to associated devices (Group1)
Enable/disable to send notifications to associated devices (Group 1) when the state of Doorbell is changed (0=nothing, 1=hail CC, 2=basic CC report)
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -216,6 +236,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_80_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 81: Enable/disable battery group notification
Notifies Group 1 when battery state is low
Enable/disable to send notifications to associated devices (Group
1\) when the Wireless Button’s battery is in low battery state
@ -233,6 +254,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_81_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 241: Pair doorbell with button
Starts wireless button pairing mode
Pair the Wireless Button with Doorbell.
Value=0x55555555, Start the Wireless Button pairing mode and
@ -255,6 +277,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_241_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 252: Lock configuration
Lock configuration
0: config not locked
@ -267,6 +290,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_252_1``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 255: Reset
Reset to factory settings
1\. Size=0x01， Configuration Value=0x00:
Reset configuration setting.
@ -280,16 +304,19 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_255_4``` and is of type ```INT
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The ZW056 supports 2 association groups.
### Group 1: Group 1
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 2: Forward basic set
This group supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information

33
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon/zw062_0_0.md
View File

@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ This describes the Z-Wave device *ZW062*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the t
The device is in the category of Garage Door, defining Garage Door.
# Overview
Aeon Labs Garage Door Controller is a smart and wireless Garage Door Control system, you can control the garage door to open, close, or stop moving via wireless signal on your gateway client or phone application.
The Garage Door Controller allows you to configure different alarm sounds to indicate the door ’s action.
@ -22,6 +23,7 @@ It can be included and operated in any Z-wave network with other Z-wave certifie
It is also a security Z-wave device and supports the Over The Air (OTA) feature for the product’s firmware upgrade.
## Inclusion Information
Add Garage Door Controller into Z-Wave Network:
1. Install Garage Door Controller, and connect it to the 5V DC Adapter.
@ -29,6 +31,7 @@ Add Garage Door Controller into Z-Wave Network:
3. Press the Z-Wave Button.
## Exclusion Information
Remove Garage Door Controller from Z-Wave Network:
1. Install Garage Door Controller, and connect it to the 5V DC Adapter.
@ -39,6 +42,7 @@ Remove Garage Door Controller from Z-Wave Network:
Note: If Garage Door Controller is removed from Z-wave network, it will be reset to factory default.
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW062
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -47,9 +51,11 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW062
| Barrier State | barrier_state | Door | Number |
### Switch
The ```switch_binary``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Barrier State
The ```barrier_state``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Number``` item type -:
@ -65,6 +71,7 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Number```
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 23 configuration parameters available in the ZW062.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
@ -95,6 +102,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| 252 | Lock Configuration | Enable/disable configuration |
### Parameter 32: Startup ringtone
Configure the default startup ringtone
Configure the default startup ringtone.
@ -108,6 +116,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_32_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 34: Sensor Calibration
Perform Sensor Calibration
Sensor Calibration.
@ -136,6 +145,7 @@ This is a write only parameter.
### Parameter 35: Calibration timout
Set the timeout of all calibration steps for the Sensor.
Set the timeout of all calibration steps for the Sensor.
Values in the range 1 to 255 may be set.
@ -146,6 +156,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_35_2``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 36: Number of alarm musics
Get the number of alarm musics
Get the numbers of alarm music.
Values in the range 1 to 100 may be set.
@ -157,6 +168,7 @@ This is a read only parameter.
### Parameter 37: Disable opening alarm
Disable opening alarm
Configure the alarm mode when the garage door is opening.
@ -175,6 +187,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_37_4_000000FF``` and is of typ
### Parameter 37: Opening alarm volume
Opening alarm volume
Configure the alarm mode when the garage door is opening.
@ -187,6 +200,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_37_4_0000FF00``` and is of typ
### Parameter 37: Opening alarm choice
Alarm mode when the garage door is opening
Configure the alarm mode when the garage door is opening.
@ -199,6 +213,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_37_4_00FF0000``` and is of typ
### Parameter 37: Opening alarm LED mode
Opening alarm LED mode
Configure the alarm mode when the garage door is opening.
@ -211,6 +226,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_37_4_0F000000``` and is of typ
### Parameter 38: Disable closing alarm
Disable closing alarm
Configure the alarm mode when the garage door is closing.
@ -229,6 +245,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_38_4_000000FF``` and is of typ
### Parameter 38: Closing alarm volume
Closing alarm volume
Configure the alarm mode when the garage door is closing.
@ -241,6 +258,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_38_4_0000FF00``` and is of typ
### Parameter 38: Closing alarm choice
Alarm mode when the garage door is closing
Configure the alarm mode when the garage door is closing.
@ -253,6 +271,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_38_4_00FF0000``` and is of typ
### Parameter 38: Closing alarm LED mode
Closing alarm LED mode
Configure the alarm mode when the garage door is closing.
@ -265,6 +284,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_38_4_0F000000``` and is of typ
### Parameter 39: Unknown state alarm mode
Configuration alarm mode when the garage door is in "unknown" state
Configuration alarm mode when the garage door is in
"unknown" state:
@ -294,6 +314,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_39_4``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 40: Closed alarm mode
Configure the alarm mode when the garage door is in closed position.
Configuration alarm mode when the garage door is in
"closed" state:
@ -321,6 +342,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_40_4``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 41: Tamper switch configuration
Configuration report for the tamper switch State
Configuration report for the tamper switch state:
1, Value=0x00: Sensor is not removed
@ -338,6 +360,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_41_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 42: Battery state
Configuration report for the battery state of Sensor
Configuration report for the battery state of Sensor:
1, Value=0x00: battery power is nominal.
@ -353,6 +376,7 @@ This is a write only parameter.
### Parameter 43: Play or Pause ringtone
Start playing or Stop playing the ringtone
Start playing or Stop playing the ringtone:
1, Value=255, stop playing ringtone.
@ -366,6 +390,7 @@ This is a write only parameter.
### Parameter 44: Ringtone test volume
Set volume for test of ringtone
Test the volume of the current ringtone.
@ -379,6 +404,7 @@ This is a write only parameter.
### Parameter 45: Temperature
Get the environment temperature
Get the environment temperature:
The temperature value contains one decimal point. E.g. If the report value=252, the temperature is 25.2 °C .
@ -392,6 +418,7 @@ This is a read only parameter.
### Parameter 47: Button definition
Define the function of Button- or Button+.
Define the function of Button- or Button+.
Value=0, short pressing the “Button +/-” will be used to adjust the volume of sound. Long pressing the “Button +/-” will be used to switch the sound to the next.
@ -409,6 +436,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_47_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 80: Door state change report type
Configure the door state change report type
It will send the Hail CC/configuration report CC when the state of garage door is changed:
@ -428,6 +456,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_80_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 241: Pair the Sensor
Pair the Sensor with Garage Door Controller
Pair the Sensor with Garage Door Controller.
@ -451,6 +480,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_241_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 252: Lock Configuration
Enable/disable configuration
Enable/disable configuration
1, Value=0 : Enable.
@ -468,15 +498,18 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_252_1``` and is of type ```INT
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The ZW062 supports 2 association groups.
### Group 1: Group 1
Position status changed
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 2: Group 2
Forward the Basic Set
This group supports 5 nodes.

32
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon/zw074_0_0.md
View File

@ -10,7 +10,9 @@ This describes the Z-Wave device *ZW074*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the t
# Overview
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW074
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -22,6 +24,7 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW074
| Alarm | alarm_general | Door | Switch |
### Binary Sensor
The ```sensor_binary``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -32,15 +35,19 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
| OFF | Untriggered |
### Sensor (temperature)
The ```sensor_temperature``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Temperature``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Sensor (luminance)
The ```sensor_luminance``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Temperature``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Sensor (relative humidity)
The ```sensor_relhumidity``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Humidity``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Alarm
The ```alarm_general``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -53,6 +60,7 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 18 configuration parameters available in the ZW074.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
@ -80,6 +88,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
### Parameter 2: Wake up for 10 minutes when batteries are inserted
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is 0.
@ -88,6 +97,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_2_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 3: On time
How long should the device associated to multi sensor keep state On before sending it Off command (if the value is bigger than 255, the value would be rounded to next integer in minutes)
Values in the range 1 to 15300 may be set.
@ -100,6 +110,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_2``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 4: Motion sensor
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -113,6 +124,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_4_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 5: Command Class
Which command would be sent when the motion sensor triggered.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -129,6 +141,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_5_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 40: Enable/disable the selective reporting
Enable/disable the selective reporting only when measurements reach a certain threshold or percentage set in 41‐44 below.
This is used to reduce network traffic.
@ -145,6 +158,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_40_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 41: Threshold for changes in temperature to trigger a report.
1\. When the unit is Celsius, threshold=Value. 2. When the unit is Fahrenheit, threshold=Value\*1.8. The accuracy is 0.1. 3. The high byte is the part of integer, the low byte is the fractional part.
Values in the range 0 to 65535 may be set.
@ -155,6 +169,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_41_2``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 42: Threshold for change in humidity to trigger a report.
The accuracy is 0.1. The high byte is the part of integer, the low byte is the fractional part.
Values in the range 0 to 65535 may be set.
@ -165,6 +180,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_42_2``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 43: luminance report threshold
Threshold for changes in luminance to trigger a report. Note the sensor range is just 1-1000 lux !
Values in the range 0 to 1000 may be set.
@ -175,6 +191,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_43_2``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 44: Threshold change in battery level to induce an automatic report.
The accuracy is 0.1. The high byte is the part of integer, the low byte is the fractional part.
Values in the range 0 to 65535 may be set.
@ -187,6 +204,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_44_2``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 46: Enable/disable to send the alarm report of low temperature(‐15C)
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -200,6 +218,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_46_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 101: Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 1
The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual sensors and battery. The sensors have the values: Temperature=32, Humidity=64, Lightlevel=128, Battery=1. Therefore if you want all sensors and the batte
Values in the range 0 to 65535 may be set.
@ -210,6 +229,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_101_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 102: Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 2
The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual sensors and battery. The sensors have the values: Temperature=32, Humidity=64, Lightlevel=128, Battery=1. Therefore if you want all sensors and the batte
Values in the range 0 to 65535 may be set.
@ -220,6 +240,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_102_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 103: Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 3
The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual sensors and battery. The sensors have the values: Temperature=32, Humidity=64, Lightlevel=128, Battery=1. Therefore if you want all sensors and the batte
Values in the range 0 to 65535 may be set.
@ -232,6 +253,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_103_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 111: Interval to send out reports of group 1
Values in the range 1 to 2678400 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is 720.
@ -242,6 +264,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_111_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 112: Interval to send out reports of group 2
Values in the range 1 to 2678400 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is 720.
@ -252,6 +275,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_112_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 113: Interval to send out reports of group 3
Values in the range 1 to 2678400 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is 720.
@ -262,6 +286,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_113_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 252: Enable/disable Configuration Locked
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -277,6 +302,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_252_1``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 255: Reset to default factory setting.
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -291,28 +317,34 @@ This is a write only parameter.
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The ZW074 supports 5 association groups.
### Group 1: Lifeline
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 2: Basic Set
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 3: Dimmer Start/Stop
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 4: Dimmer Set
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 5: Temperature Report
This group supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information

28
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon/zw075_0_0.md
View File

@ -12,7 +12,9 @@ The device is in the category of Power Outlet, defining Small devices to be plug
# Overview
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW075
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -25,26 +27,33 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW075
| Reset Meter | meter_reset | Energy | Switch |
### Switch
The ```switch_binary``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Electric meter (amps)
The ```meter_current``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (volts)
The ```meter_voltage``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (watts)
The ```meter_watts``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (kWh)
The ```meter_kwh``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Reset Meter
The ```meter_reset``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 16 configuration parameters available in the ZW075.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
@ -68,6 +77,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| 252 | Enable/disable Configuration Lock | |
### Parameter 2: Blinking Behaviour
The LSB defines the total time the device need to blink.
The LSB defines the total time the device need to blink. The value if set in seconds. 1 - 255 The MSB defines the on/off interval of the blinking. The unit is 0.1 s. This is a double byte value.
Values in the range 0 to 65535 may be set.
@ -78,6 +88,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_2_2``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 3: Current Overload Protection
Load will be closed when the Current over runs
Load will be closed when the Current over runs (US: 15.5A, other country: 16.2A) for more than 2 minutes.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -93,6 +104,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 20: Output Load Status
Configure the output load status after re‐power on.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -109,6 +121,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_20_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 80: Notification on Status Change
Enable device to send notification to associated devices
Enable device to send notification to associated devices (Group 1) when the state of Micro Smart Switch's load changed. DEFAULT is Disable
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -125,6 +138,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_80_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 81: Configure the state of red LED
Enable the device to send notification to associated devices (Group 1)
Enable the device to send notification to associated devices (Group 1) when the state of the Micro Smart Switch's load changed
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -140,6 +154,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_81_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 90: Enables/disables parameter 91/92
Enable/Disable automated sending of report triggered by minimal change of value.
Users, who want a more constant monitoring of power consumption should set this value to 1. The reporting period is by default quite long ( approx. 35minutes)
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -155,6 +170,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_90_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 91: Minimum Change to send Report (Watt)
The value represents the minimum change in Wattage for a Report to be sent.
Range is 0 - 32000
Values in the range 0 to 32000 may be set.
@ -165,6 +181,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_91_2``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 92: Minimum Change to send Report (%)
Minimum change in Wattage Percent for a report to be sent.
The value represents the minimum change in Wattage Percent for a report to be sent. Range is 0 to 100%
Values in the range 0 to 100 may be set.
@ -175,6 +192,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_92_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 100: Set 101‐103 to default
Enable/Disable automated report triggered by min. change of value.
Enable/Disable automated sending of report triggered by minimal change of value.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -190,6 +208,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_100_1``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 101: Report type to send to Group 1
The value is a combination number
The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual parameters.
@ -204,6 +223,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_101_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 102: Report type to send to Group 2
The value is a combination number
The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual parameters.
@ -218,6 +238,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_102_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 103: Report type to send to Group 3
The value is a combination number
The value is a combination number <br> made up of the sum of the values for the individual parameters. <br> The parameters have the values: KWH=8, Wattage=4, Current=2, Voltage=1. <br> Therefore if you want all parameters sending regular re
Values in the range 0 to 65535 may be set.
@ -228,6 +249,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_103_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 111: Interval to send out reports to Group 1
Time Interval to send reports to Group 1
Defines the time interval when the defined report of Reporting Group 1 is sent out.
@ -240,6 +262,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_111_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 112: Interval to send out reports of group 2
Time interval to send reports of group 2
Defines the time interval when the defined report of Reporting Group 2 is sent out.
@ -252,6 +275,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_112_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 113: Interval to send out reports of group 3
Time interval when report of Reporting Group 3 is sent.
Defines the time interval when the defined report of Reporting Group 3 is sent out.
@ -266,6 +290,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_113_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 252: Enable/disable Configuration Lock
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -279,16 +304,19 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_252_1``` and is of type ```INT
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The ZW075 supports 2 association groups.
### Group 1: Group 1
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 2: Group 2
This group supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information

26
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon/zw078_0_0.md
View File

@ -11,9 +11,11 @@ This describes the Z-Wave device *ZW078*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the t
The device is in the category of Wall Switch, defining Any device attached to the wall that controls a binary status of something, for ex. a light switch.
# Overview
Wall mounted switch for high current appliances, up to 40A. Power reporting.
## Inclusion Information
If you’re using a Z-Stick:
1. Decide on where you want your Heavy Duty Smart Switch to be placed and set it up as per the Quick Start guide steps 1 to 5. Its Status LED will begin to blink.
@ -25,6 +27,7 @@ If you’re using a Z-Stick:
7. Press the Action Button on your Z-Stick to take it out of installation mode
## Exclusion Information
1. Unplug the Z-Stick from your gateway or computer.
2. Take your Z-Stick to your Heavy Duty Smart Switch.
3. Press the Action Button on your Z-Stick.
@ -33,6 +36,7 @@ If you’re using a Z-Stick:
6. Press the Action Button on your Z-Stick to take it out of removal mode.
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW078
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -44,23 +48,29 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW078
| Electric meter (watts) | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
### Switch
The ```switch_binary``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Electric meter (kWh)
The ```meter_kwh``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (amps)
The ```meter_current``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (volts)
The ```meter_voltage``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (watts)
The ```meter_watts``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 13 configuration parameters available in the ZW078.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
@ -81,6 +91,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| 120 | Turn External Button Mode | Parameter to set External button type |
### Parameter 3: Current Overload Protection
Load will be closed when current more that 39.5A and time more 5 seconds
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -96,6 +107,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 20: Output Load Status
Configure the output load status after re‐power on.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -112,6 +124,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_20_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 80: Notification on Status Change
Send to group 1 on load change
Parameter to Enable to send notification to associated devices (Group 1) when the state of Micro Smart Switch's load changed
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -128,6 +141,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_80_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 90: Send report on value change
Toggle automated report sending on change
Parameter to Enable/Disable automated sending of a Report triggered by minimal change of value.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -143,6 +157,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_90_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 91: Minimum Change to send Report (Watt)
The value represents the minimum change in Wattage for a Report to be sent.
Values in the range 0 to 65535 may be set.
@ -153,6 +168,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_91_2``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 92: Minimum Change to send Report (%)
Percent change in wattage to send report
The value represents the minimum change in Wattage Percent for a report to be sent.
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
@ -163,6 +179,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_92_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 101: reports to send automatically
See overview
The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual parameters.
@ -175,6 +192,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_101_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 102: which reports to send to group 2
see overview
The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual parameters.
@ -187,6 +205,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_102_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 103: which reports to send to group 3
see overview
The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual parameters.
@ -201,6 +220,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_103_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 111: Interval to send out reports of group 1
Values in the range 1 to 2678400 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is 3.
@ -211,6 +231,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_111_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 112: Interval to send out reports of group 2
Values in the range 1 to 2678400 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is 600.
@ -221,6 +242,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_112_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 113: Interval to send out reports of group 3
Values in the range 1 to 2678400 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is 600.
@ -229,6 +251,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_113_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 120: Turn External Button Mode
Parameter to set External button type
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -245,16 +268,19 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_120_1``` and is of type ```INT
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The ZW078 supports 2 association groups.
### Group 1: Group 1
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 2: Group 2
This group supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information

14
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon/zw080_0_0.md
View File

@ -11,17 +11,20 @@ This describes the Z-Wave device *ZW080*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the t
The device is in the category of Siren, defining Siren used by Alarm systems.
# Overview
Update command classes -:
METER:5 :: ADD
METER:6 :: ADD
## Inclusion Information
1\. Install Siren, and plug it into the socket of AC Power.
2\. Let the primary controller into inclusion mode (If you don’t know how to do this, please refer to its manual).
3\. Press the Action Button.
4\. If the Learning is failed, please repeat the process from step 2.
## Exclusion Information
1\. Install Siren, and plug it into the socket of AC Power.
2\. Let the primary controller into exclusion mode (If you don’t know how to do this, refer to its manual). 3. Press the Action Button.
4\. If the remove is failed, please repeat the process from step 2.
@ -29,6 +32,7 @@ METER:6 :: ADD
Note: If Siren is removed from Z‐wave network, it will be reset to factory default.
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW080
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -37,14 +41,17 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW080
| Sound and Volume | config_decimal | | Decimal |
### Switch
The ```switch_binary``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Sound and Volume
The ```config_decimal``` channel supports the ```Decimal``` item.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 5 configuration parameters available in the ZW080.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
@ -59,6 +66,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
### Parameter 37: Siren Sound
The following option values may be configured, in addition to values in the range 0 to 5 -:
| Value | Description |
@ -78,6 +86,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_37_2_000000FF``` and is of typ
### Parameter 37: Siren Volume
The following option values may be configured, in addition to values in the range 0 to 3 -:
| Value | Description |
@ -93,6 +102,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_37_2_0000FF00``` and is of typ
### Parameter 80: Enable Notifications to Group 1
what type of notification to send to Group 1
Enable to send notifications to associated devices (Group1) when the state of Siren changed (0=nothing,1=hailCC,2=basic CC report).
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
@ -105,6 +115,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_80_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 200: Partner ID
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is 0.
@ -115,6 +126,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_200_1``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 252: Enable/disable Lock Configuration
The following option values may be configured, in addition to values in the range 0 to 1 -:
| Value | Description |
@ -128,12 +140,14 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_252_1``` and is of type ```INT
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The ZW080 supports 1 association group.
### Group 1: Group 1
This group supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information

17
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon/zw088_1_0.md
View File

@ -10,12 +10,15 @@ This describes the Z-Wave device *ZW088*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the t
This version of the device is limited to firmware versions above 1.0
# Overview
Key Fob Gen5 is a fully functional Z-wave remote controller, which can include, exclude and control the other Z-Wave certified devices. It also can be acted a secondary controller in a network.
## Inclusion Information
Short press the “Include” button on the Key Fob, it will go into inclusion state and its blue LED will blink slowly to wait including other slave Z-Wave devices.
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW088
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -23,12 +26,14 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW088
| Scene Number | scene_number | | Number |
### Scene Number
The ```scene_number``` channel supports the ```Number``` item.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 1 configuration parameter available in the ZW088.
The following table provides a summary of the 1 configuration parameters available in the ZW088.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| Param | Name | Description |
@ -36,6 +41,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| 250 | Use Mode setting | Defines the Use Mode setting of the fob |
### Parameter 250: Use Mode setting
Defines the Use Mode setting of the fob
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -51,40 +57,49 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_250_1``` and is of type ```INT
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The ZW088 supports 8 association groups.
### Group 1: Scene 1
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 2: Scene 2
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 3: Scene 3
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 4: Scene 4
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 5: Scene 5
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 6: Scene 6
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 7: Scene 7
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 8: Scene 8
This group supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information

19
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon/zw089_0_0.md
View File

@ -11,24 +11,29 @@ This describes the Z-Wave device *ZW089*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the t
The device is in the category of Door, defining Door sensors.
# Overview
Aeon Labs Recessed Door Sensor Gen5 is a door detector that can detect the state of the door's open/close.
## Inclusion Information
1. Power on the Recessed Door Sensor Gen5.
2. Let the primary controller into inclusion mode (If you don’t know how to do this, refer to its manual).
3. Press the Z‐Wave button.
4. If the inclusion is success, Recessed Door Sensor Gen5’s LED will be kept turning on for 10 minutes. If the LED still blinks slowly, in which you need to repeat the process from step 2.
## Exclusion Information
1. Power on the Recessed Door Sensor Gen5.
2. Let the primary controller into exclusion mode (If you don’t know how to do this, refer to its manual).
3. Press the Z‐Wave button.
4. If the exclusion is success, Recessed Door Sensor Gen5’s LED will blink slowly. If LED still be solid status for 3 seconds after you short press the Z‐Wave button, in which you need to repeat the process from step 2
## Wakeup Information
Press and hold the Z‐wave Button for 6 seconds. It will sleep after you released the z‐wave button for 10 seconds, or sleep right away when received the Wake Up No More Information and then the led will turn off.
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW089
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -37,6 +42,7 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW089
| Alarm | alarm_general | Door | Switch |
### Door Status
The ```sensor_door``` channel supports the ```Contact``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Contact``` item type -:
@ -47,6 +53,7 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Contact``
| CLOSED | Closed |
### Alarm
The ```alarm_general``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -59,6 +66,7 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 8 configuration parameters available in the ZW089.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
@ -76,6 +84,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
### Parameter 1: Send Sensor binary report on open/close events
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -91,6 +100,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_1_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 3: Send Basic Set on open/close event
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -104,6 +114,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 101: Low battery voltage check
low battery check when voltage is less than warn voltage
Enable/disable the function of low battery checking, when the current voltage is less than the warning voltage, it will send the Battery Low Warning Report. (00==Disable, 1==Enable)
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -119,6 +130,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_101_1``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 111: Low battery voltage check time
Minimum battery low check Interval time is 4 minutes
The Interval time of low battery checking (0~0xFFFFFFFF seconds). The minimum unit of interval time is 4 minutes. If the value is set to 1 minute, the interval time will be 4 minutes. The same is if the value is set to 7 minutes, the interval time will be 8 minutes. Note: 1, This parameter only will be activated after the function of low battery checking (parameter 101) is enabled. 2, Recessed Door Sensor also will check the current battery voltage when it was wake up as other ways (e. g. the Z ‐ Wave button trigger, magnet switch trigger, and the Wake Up Interval Set timeout trigger) after the function of low battery checking (parameter 101) is enabled.
Values in the range 240 to 2147483647 may be set.
@ -129,6 +141,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_111_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 121: Configuration Value 4(LSB) SENSOR BINARY
Configuration Value 4(LSB) SENSOR BINARY
set to 16 for sensor binary (recommended)
@ -146,6 +159,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_121_4_000000FF``` and is of ty
### Parameter 121: Config value 3 - BASIC SET
Set BASIC SET reporting
Set to 1 for BASIC SET report (factory default)
@ -163,6 +177,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_121_4_0000FF00``` and is of ty
### Parameter 252: Permit other configurations
Lock or Unlock other configuration set function
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -178,6 +193,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_252_1``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 255: Reset to default
Reset to the default configuration
Reset all configuration parameters (except the parameter 254) to default settingsThis is an advanced parameter and will therefore not show in the user interface without entering advanced mode.
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
@ -189,16 +205,19 @@ This is a write only parameter.
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The ZW089 supports 2 association groups.
### Group 1: State Updates
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 2: Battery Warnings
This group supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information

13
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon/zw090_0_0.md
View File

@ -9,6 +9,7 @@ title: ZW090 - ZWave
This describes the Z-Wave device *ZW090*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the thing type UID of ```aeon_zw090_00_000```.
# Overview
Aeon Labs Z‐Stick Gen5 is a self‐powered Z‐Wave USB adapter with remote network creation capabilities
(independent from external power and host microprocessor). By being able to remotely include/remove Z‐
Wave devices, this greatly simplifies Z‐Wave network installation. When connected to a host controller (via
@ -18,9 +19,11 @@ manufacturers and/or other applications. All non‐battery operated nodes within
repeaters regardless of vendor to increase reliability of the network.
## Inclusion Information
Push the include button. Controller will blink slowly. It is in include mode. Press again to cancel.
## Exclusion Information
1\. Unplug the Z‐Stick from the USB connector. Then press and hold the Action Button for
approximately 2 seconds. (The orange LED will blinking fast.)
2\. To remove a Z‐Wave device from the network, simply go to the device with the Z‐Stick
@ -31,9 +34,11 @@ the network.)
exclusions. Repeat step 1 for each device as you wish to exclude
## Wakeup Information
N/A
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW090
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -42,6 +47,7 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW090
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 5 configuration parameters available in the ZW090.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
@ -54,6 +60,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| 252 | Lock Configuration | Configuration lock. 1=enable, 0=disable |
### Parameter 81: Enable/disable the LED indicator
This parameter is used to enable/disable the LED indicator.
When the USB power supply, the LED indicator light configuration
@ -72,6 +79,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_81_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 220: RF power level
RF power level
Configuration of the RF power level
@ -86,6 +94,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_220_1``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 242: Security network enabled
Security network enabled
Security network enabled
(0 =disable, 1 = enable)
@ -102,6 +111,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_242_1``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 243: Security Network Key
Security Network Key
Values in the range 0 to 0 may be set.
@ -112,6 +122,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_243_16``` and is of type ```IN
### Parameter 252: Lock Configuration
Configuration lock. 1=enable, 0=disable
Enable/disable Lock Configuration (0 =disable, 1= enable, other= ignore)
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -127,11 +138,13 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_252_1``` and is of type ```INT
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The ZW090 supports 1 association group.
### Group 1: Z-Stick Gen5 (ZW090-A)
Z-Wave Plus Lifeline
This group supports 5 nodes.

43
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon/zw095_0_0.md
View File

@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ This describes the Z-Wave device *ZW095*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the t
The device is in the category of Sensor, defining Device used to measure something.
# Overview
Aeon Labs Home Energy Meter is energy meter for the entire home. It can wirelessly report instantaneous
Power, KWH, Voltage and Amperage measurements to Z‐Wave gateway/controller. It can send Z‐Wave
@ -36,6 +37,7 @@ It also supports Security Command Class and has the AES‐128 bit security encry
Security enabled Controller is needed in order to fully use the security feature.
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW095
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -59,59 +61,77 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW095
| Electric meter (volts) 3 | meter_voltage3 | Energy | Number |
### Electric meter (amps)
The ```meter_current``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (watts)
The ```meter_watts``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (kWh)
The ```meter_kwh``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (volts)
The ```meter_voltage``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Reset Meter
The ```meter_reset``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category.
### Electric meter (amps) 1
The ```meter_current1``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (watts) 1
The ```meter_watts1``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (kWh) 1
The ```meter_kwh1``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (volts) 1
The ```meter_voltage1``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (amps) 2
The ```meter_current2``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (watts) 2
The ```meter_watts2``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (kWh) 2
The ```meter_kwh2``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (volts) 2
The ```meter_voltage2``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (amps) 3
The ```meter_current3``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (watts) 3
The ```meter_watts3``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (kWh) 3
The ```meter_kwh3``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (volts) 3
The ```meter_voltage3``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 19 configuration parameters available in the ZW095.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
@ -138,6 +158,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| 255 | Reset to Default Factory Setting | Reset all settings to factory defaults |
### Parameter 2: Energy detection mode
This parameter is used to configure the energy detection mode.
This parameter is used to configure the energy detection mode when the parameter 101~103 have been configured:
0 = report Wattage and the absolute KWH value (default);
@ -157,6 +178,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_2_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 3: Selective Reporting
Enable selective reporting.
Enable selective reporting only when power change reaches
@ -171,6 +193,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 4: Current Threshold - Whole HEM
Threshold change in wattage (Whole HEM).
Values in the range 0 to 60000 may be set.
@ -181,6 +204,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_4_2``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 5: Current Threshold - Clamp 1
Threshold change in wattage (Clamp 1).
Values in the range 0 to 60000 may be set.
@ -191,6 +215,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_5_2``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 6: Current Threshold - Clamp 2
Threshold change in wattage (Clamp 2).
Values in the range 0 to 60000 may be set.
@ -201,6 +226,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_6_2``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 7: Current Threshold - Clamp 3
Threshold change in wattage (Clamp 3).
Values in the range 0 to 60000 may be set.
@ -211,6 +237,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_7_2``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 8: Percent Change - Whole HEM
Percentage change in wattage (Whole HEM).
Values in the range 0 to 100 may be set.
@ -221,6 +248,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_8_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 9: Percent Change - Clamp 1
Percentage change in wattage (Clamp 1).
Values in the range 0 to 100 may be set.
@ -231,6 +259,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_9_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 10: Percent Change - Clamp 2
Percentage change in wattage (Clamp 2).
Values in the range 0 to 100 may be set.
@ -241,6 +270,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_10_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 11: Percent Change - Clamp 3
Percentage change in wattage (Clamp3)
Values in the range 0 to 100 may be set.
@ -253,6 +283,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_11_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 13: Enable /Disable CRC-16 Encapsulation
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -266,6 +297,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_13_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 101: Report Group 1
Which reports need to send in Report group 1
This page provides examples for setting the type of reports you want from the clamps and total readings using Parameter 101-103 for Home Energy Meter Gen5 and form part of the larger Home Energy Meter Gen5 user guide.
@ -341,6 +373,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_101_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 102: Report Group 2
Which reports need to send in Report group 2
See Report Group 1
Values in the range 0 to 2147483647 may be set.
@ -351,6 +384,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_102_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 103: Report Group 3
Which reports need to send in Report group 3
See Report Group 1
Values in the range 0 to 2147483647 may be set.
@ -363,6 +397,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_103_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 111: Interval to send out reports of group 1
Values in the range 1 to 2147483647 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is 60.
@ -373,6 +408,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_111_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 112: Interval to send out reports of group 2
Values in the range 1 to 2147483647 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is 120.
@ -383,6 +419,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_112_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 113: Interval to send out reports of group 3
Values in the range 1 to 2147483647 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is 120.
@ -391,6 +428,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_113_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 252: Lock Configuration
Enable/Disable Lock Configuration
Enable/Disable Lock ConfigurationThis is an advanced parameter and will therefore not show in the user interface without entering advanced mode.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -406,6 +444,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_252_1``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 255: Reset to Default Factory Setting
Reset all settings to factory defaults
Will reset the configuration to factory defaults. If you upgrade firmware and are getting crazy readings back, reset the unit and reconfigure it.This is an advanced parameter and will therefore not show in the user interface without entering advanced mode.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -423,20 +462,24 @@ This is a write only parameter.
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The ZW095 supports 3 association groups.
### Group 1: Group 1
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 2: Group 2
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 3: Group 3
This group supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information

42
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon/zw096_0_0.md
View File

@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ This describes the Z-Wave device *ZW096*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the t
The device is in the category of Power Outlet, defining Small devices to be plugged into a power socket in a wall which stick there.
# Overview
Aeon Labs Smart Switch is a Z-Wave power binary switch device based on Z-Wave enhanced 232 slave library V6.51.06.
Its surface has the Smart RGB LEDs on, which can be used for indicating the output load status, the strength of wireless signal. You can also configure its indication colour according to your favour.
@ -32,6 +33,7 @@ Note:
2. Reset Smart Switch to factory default settings will: sets the Smart Switch to not in Z-Wave network state; delete the Association setting, power measure value, Scene Configuration Settings and restore the Configuration setting to the default
## Inclusion Information
Add Smart Switch into a z-wave network:
1. Insert the Smart Switch to power socket, The purple LED will be colorful gradient status.
@ -40,6 +42,7 @@ Add Smart Switch into a z-wave network:
4. If the inclusion success, Smart Switch LED will be solid. Otherwise, the LED will remain colorful gradient status, in which you need to repeat the process from step 2.
## Exclusion Information
Remove Smart Switch from a z-wave network:
1. Insert the Smart Switch to power socket, The Smart Switch LED will be solid.
@ -48,9 +51,11 @@ Remove Smart Switch from a z-wave network:
4. If the remove is successful, Smart Switch LED will blink slowly. If Smart Switch LED still be solid, please repeat the process from step 2.
## Wakeup Information
mains device
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW096
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -64,29 +69,37 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW096
| Color | color_color | | Color |
### Switch
The ```switch_binary``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Electric meter (kWh)
The ```meter_kwh``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (amps)
The ```meter_current``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (volts)
The ```meter_voltage``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (watts)
The ```meter_watts``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Reset Meter
The ```meter_reset``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category.
### Color
The ```color_color``` channel supports the ```Color``` item.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 26 configuration parameters available in the ZW096.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
@ -120,6 +133,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| 255 | RESET | Reset the device to defaults |
### Parameter 3: Current overload protection enable
Current overload protection enable
Current Overload Protection. Load will be closed when the Current overrun (US: 15.5A, other country: 16.2A) and the time more than 2 minutes (0=disabled, 1=enabled).
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -135,6 +149,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 20: Output load after re-power
Configure the output load status after re‐power
Configure the output load status after re-power on
(0=last status, 1=always on, 2=always off)
@ -152,6 +167,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_20_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 33: RGB LED color testing
Set the RGB LED color value for testing.
Value1: Reserved
@ -169,6 +185,7 @@ This is a write only parameter.
### Parameter 80: Enable send to associated devices
Enable to send notifications to Group 1
Enable to send notifications to associated devices (Group 1) when the state of Micro Switch’s load changed (0=nothing, 1=hail CC, 2=basic CC report).
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -185,6 +202,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_80_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 81: Configure LED state
Configure the state of the LED
Configure the state of LED when it is in 3 modes below:
@ -206,6 +224,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_81_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 83: Color in night light mode
This is an advanced parameter and will therefore not show in the user interface without entering advanced mode.
Values in the range 0 to 16777215 may be set.
@ -215,6 +234,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_83_3``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 83: Blue night light color value
Blue night light color value
Value for parameter 83, night light blue color
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
@ -225,6 +245,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_83_3_000000FF``` and is of typ
### Parameter 83: Green night light color value
Green night light color value
Green color value for parameter 83, night light mode.
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
@ -235,6 +256,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_83_3_0000FF00``` and is of typ
### Parameter 83: Red night light color value
Configure the RGB value when it is in Night light mode
Configure the RGB value when it is in Night light mode.
Value1: Red color value
@ -255,6 +277,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_83_3_00FF0000``` and is of typ
### Parameter 84: Color in energy mode
This is an advanced parameter and will therefore not show in the user interface without entering advanced mode.
Values in the range 0 to 16777215 may be set.
@ -264,6 +287,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_84_3``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 84: Green brightness in energy mode (%)
Green brightness in energy mode (%)
Configure the brightness level of RGB LED (0%-100%) when
it is in Energy Mode/momentary indicate mode.
@ -278,6 +302,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_84_3_000000FF``` and is of typ
### Parameter 84: Yellow brightness in energy mode (%)
Yellow brightness in energy mode (%)
Values in the range 0 to 100 may be set.
@ -288,6 +313,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_84_3_0000FF00``` and is of typ
### Parameter 84: Red brightness in energy mode (%)
Red brightness in energy mode (%)
Values in the range 0 to 100 may be set.
@ -298,6 +324,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_84_3_00FF0000``` and is of typ
### Parameter 90: Enable items 91 and 92
Enables/disables parameter 91 and 92
Enables/disables parameter 91 and 92 below (1=enabled, 0=disabled).
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -313,6 +340,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_90_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 91: Wattage Threshold
minimum change in wattage to trigger
The value here represents minimum change in wattage (in
terms of wattage) for a REPORT to be sent (Valid values 0-
@ -325,6 +353,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_91_2``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 92: Wattage Percent Change
minimum change in wattage percent
The value here represents minimum change in wattage
percent (in terms of percentage) for a REPORT to be sent
@ -337,6 +366,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_92_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 100: Set 101‐103 to default.
Set 101‐103 to default.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -353,6 +383,7 @@ This is a write only parameter.
### Parameter 101: Values to send to group 1
Which reports need to send in Report group 1
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -372,6 +403,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_101_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 102: Values to send to group 2
Which reports need to send in Report group 2
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -391,6 +423,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_102_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 103: Values to send to group 3
Which reports need to send in Report group 3
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -410,6 +443,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_103_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 110: Set 111‐113 to default.
Set 111‐113 to default.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -426,6 +460,7 @@ This is a write only parameter.
### Parameter 111: Time interval for sending to group 1
Group 1 automatic update interval
The time interval of sending Report group 1 (Valid values 0x01-0xFFFFFFFF).
@ -440,6 +475,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_111_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 112: Time interval for sending to group 2
Group 2 automatic update interval
The time interval of sending Report group 1 (Valid values 0x01-0xFFFFFFFF).
@ -454,6 +490,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_112_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 113: Time interval for sending to group 3
Group 3 automatic update interval
The time interval of sending Report group 1 (Valid values 0x01-0xFFFFFFFF).
@ -468,6 +505,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_113_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 252: Configuration Locked
Enable/disable Configuration Locked (0 =disable, 1 = enable).
Enable/disable Configuration Locked (0 =disable, 1 =enable).
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -483,6 +521,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_252_1``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 255: RESET
Reset the device to defaults
Reset configuration set up to default setting.This is an advanced parameter and will therefore not show in the user interface without entering advanced mode.
Values in the range 0 to 1 may be set.
@ -494,15 +533,18 @@ This is a write only parameter.
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The ZW096 supports 2 association groups.
### Group 1: Group 1
load notification type (lifeline)
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 2: Group 2
forwarding basic set (retransmit)
This group supports 5 nodes.

25
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon/zw097_0_0.md
View File

@ -10,7 +10,9 @@ This describes the Z-Wave device *ZW097*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the t
# Overview
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW097
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -29,6 +31,7 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW097
| Alarm (clock) | alarm_clock | Door | Switch |
### Binary Sensor
The ```sensor_binary``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -39,6 +42,7 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
| OFF | Untriggered |
### Alarm (smoke)
The ```alarm_smoke``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -49,6 +53,7 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
| ON | Alarm |
### Alarm (CO)
The ```alarm_co``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -59,6 +64,7 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
| ON | Alarm |
### Alarm (CO2)
The ```alarm_co2``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -69,6 +75,7 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
| ON | Alarm |
### Alarm (heat)
The ```alarm_heat``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -79,6 +86,7 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
| ON | Alarm |
### Alarm (water)
The ```alarm_flood``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -89,6 +97,7 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
| ON | Alarm |
### Alarm (access control)
The ```alarm_access``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -99,6 +108,7 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
| ON | Alarm |
### Alarm (burglar)
The ```alarm_burglar``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -109,6 +119,7 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
| ON | Alarm |
### Alarm (power)
The ```alarm_power``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -119,6 +130,7 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
| ON | Alarm |
### Alarm (system)
The ```alarm_system``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -129,6 +141,7 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
| ON | Alarm |
### Alarm (emergency)
The ```alarm_emergency``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -139,6 +152,7 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
| ON | Alarm |
### Alarm (clock)
The ```alarm_clock``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -151,6 +165,7 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 8 configuration parameters available in the ZW097.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
@ -168,6 +183,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
### Parameter 1: Send Sensor binary report on open/close events
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -183,6 +199,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_1_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 2: Enable wake up 10 minutes when power on
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -198,6 +215,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_2_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 3: Send Basic Set on open/close event
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -213,6 +231,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 39: Send battery report when less than percentage
Values in the range 10 to 50 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is 10.
@ -221,6 +240,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_39_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 111: Set the interval time of battery report
Value is specified in number of seconds.
Values greater than 10 will be rounded up to the nearest 4 minutes (10 through 240 = 4 minutes, 241 through 480 = 8 minutes, etc.)
Values in the range 0 to 2147483647 may be set.
@ -233,6 +253,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_111_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 121: Send Sensor Binary report to associated devices
Values in the range 0 to 1 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is 0.
@ -243,6 +264,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_121_4_00000010``` and is of ty
### Parameter 121: Send Basic report to associated devices
Values in the range 0 to 1 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is 1.
@ -253,6 +275,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_121_4_00000100``` and is of ty
### Parameter 122: Notification type to send
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -276,12 +299,14 @@ This is a write only parameter.
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The ZW097 supports 1 association group.
### Group 1: Group 1
This group supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information

25
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon/zw098_0_0.md
View File

@ -12,7 +12,9 @@ The device is in the category of Light Bulb, defining Devices that illuminate so
# Overview
## Inclusion Information
Non-secure inclusion:
1\. Power on your LED Bulb.
2\. Set the primary controller into inclusion mode (If you don’t know how to do this, please refer to its manual).
@ -28,6 +30,7 @@ Secure inclusion:
Note: If LED Bulb has been successfully included into your Z-Wave network, its warm white LED will be solid. If the linking was unsuccessful and the LED Bulb continues to be active with a colourful gradient.
## Exclusion Information
1\. Power on your LED Bulb.
2\. Set the primary controller into exclusion mode (If you don’t know how to do this, please refer to its manual).
3\. Turn off the LED Bulb and then turn on 3 times within 2 seconds.
@ -36,6 +39,7 @@ Note: If LED Bulb has been successfully included into your Z-Wave network, its w
Note: If LED Bulb has been successfully excluded from your Z-Wave network, its warm white LED will be active with a colourful gradient. If the exclusion was unsuccessful and the LED Bulb continues to be solid.
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW098
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -45,17 +49,21 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW098
| Color Temperature | color_temperature | ColorLight | Dimmer |
### Dimmer
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
### Color Control
The ```color_color``` channel supports the ```Color``` item.
### Color Temperature
The ```color_temperature``` channel supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```ColorLight``` category.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 14 configuration parameters available in the ZW098.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
@ -77,6 +85,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| 252 | Lock configuration | Enable/disable the ability to configure the device. |
### Parameter 32: Toggle send report on color change
Toggle send report on color change
Enable/disable to send out a report when the color is changed.
0=disable.<default>
@ -95,6 +104,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_32_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 34: Allow external switch to toggle bulb
Allow external switch to toggle bulb
Enable/disable the function of using External Switch to turn
on/off the bulb.
@ -114,6 +124,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_34_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 35: Allow external switch to change color
Allow external switch to change color
Enable/disable the function of using External Switch to changes
the bulb’s color.
@ -133,6 +144,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_35_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 36: Control color mode
Reboot/save/exit Colorful mode
Reboot/save/exit Colorful mode.
0==Un-reboot Colorful mode.
@ -155,6 +167,7 @@ This is a write only parameter.
### Parameter 37: Colour Residence Time
Colour Residence Time
0-254 : Corresponds from 0 to 25.4 seconds.
@ -167,6 +180,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_37_4_000000FF``` and is of typ
### Parameter 37: Colour Change Speed
Colour Change Speed
Colour Change Speed (8 bits)
This field specifies the transition speed when one colour changes to another.
@ -180,6 +194,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_37_4_0000FF00``` and is of typ
### Parameter 37: Cycle count
Cycle count
The Cycle Count is used to define the number of repetitions/cycles displayed by your LED Bulb in Colour
@ -203,6 +218,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_37_4_00FF0000``` and is of typ
### Parameter 37: Color transitions (Value 1 MSB) see Overview
Value 1 (MSB) see Overview
scroll to bottom for examples.
@ -296,6 +312,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_37_4_7F000000``` and is of typ
### Parameter 38: Color index configuration for multi mode (1,2)
Color index configuration for multi mode (1,2)
The colour will be changed from index 1 to index 8 circularly when your bulb is in Multi colour mode.
@ -332,6 +349,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_38_4_000000FF``` and is of typ
### Parameter 38: Color index configuration for multi mode (3,4)
Color index configuration for multi mode (3,4)
The colour will be changed from index 1 to index 8 circularly when your bulb is in Multi colour mode.
@ -368,6 +386,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_38_4_0000FF00``` and is of typ
### Parameter 38: Color index configuration for multi mode (5.6)
Color index configuration for multi mode (5,6)
The colour will be changed from index 1 to index 8 circularly when your bulb is in Multi colour mode.
@ -404,6 +423,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_38_4_00FF0000``` and is of typ
### Parameter 38: Color index configuration for multi mode (7,8)
Color index configuration for multi mode (7,8)
The colour will be changed from index 1 to index 8 circularly when your bulb is in Multi colour mode.
@ -440,6 +460,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_38_4_7F000000``` and is of typ
### Parameter 80: Enable notifications
set send notifications type for Group 1
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -456,6 +477,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_80_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 252: Lock configuration
Enable/disable the ability to configure the device.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -471,16 +493,19 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_252_1``` and is of type ```INT
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The ZW098 supports 2 association groups.
### Group 1: Group 1
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 2: Group 2
This group supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information

34
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon/zw099_0_0.md
View File

@ -9,6 +9,7 @@ title: ZW099 - ZWave
This describes the Z-Wave device *ZW099*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the thing type UID of ```aeon_zw099_00_000```.
# Overview
Turn the primary controller of Z-Wave network into inclusion mode, short press the product’s Action button that you can find on the product's housing.
Endpoint 1 is used to Set/Get the state of output load.
@ -16,18 +17,21 @@ Endpoint 1 is used to Set/Get the state of output load.
Endpoint 2 is used to Set/Get the brightness level of RGB LED when it is in Night light mode.
## Inclusion Information
1\. Insert the Smart Dimmer to power socket, The RGB LED will be colorful gradient status.
2\. Let the primary controller into inclusion mode (If you don’t know how to do this, refer to its manual).
3\. Press the Action button.
4\. If the inclusion success, Smart Dimmer LED will be solid. Otherwise, the LED will remain colorful gradient status, in which you need to repeat the process from step 2.
## Exclusion Information
1\. Insert the Smart Dimmer to power socket, The Smart Dimmer LED will be solid.
2\. Let the primary controller into remove mode (If you don’t know how to do this, refer to its manual).
3\. Press the Action button.
4\. If the remove is successful, Smart Dimmer LED will be colorful gradient status. If Smart Dimmer LED still be solid, please repeat the process from step 2.
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW099
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -38,20 +42,25 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW099
| Night mode color | color_color | | Color |
### Dimmer
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
### Power Consumption (kWh)
The ```meter_kwh``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Energy Consumption (watts)
The ```meter_watts``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Night mode color
The ```color_color``` channel supports the ```Color``` item.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 22 configuration parameters available in the ZW099.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
@ -81,6 +90,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| 255 | Reset to Factory Default Settings | Reset to Factory Default Settings |
### Parameter 3: Current Overload Protection
Toggle current overload protection
Output Load will be turned off automatically when the Current overrun 2.6A and the time more than 2 minutes (0=disabled, 1=enabled).
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -96,6 +106,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 20: Initial Load State
Configure the iniital output load state after re-power on
Configure the output load status after re-power on (0=last status, 1=always on, 2=always off)
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -112,6 +123,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_20_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 33: RGB LED Color Test
Set the RGB LED color value for testing
Set the RGB LED color value for testing (64-bit value).
@ -135,6 +147,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_33_4``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 80: Notification on Status Change
Enable notifications for Group 1 device associations.
Enable to send notifications to associated devices (Group 1) when the state of Smart Dimmer’s load changed (0=nothing, 1=hail CC, 2=basic CC report).
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -151,6 +164,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_80_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 81: LED Indicator Mode
Configure the LED mode.
Configure the state of LED when it is in 3 modes below:
@ -171,6 +185,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_81_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 83: LED Color for Night Light
Configure the RGB value when it is in Night light mode
Configure the RGB value when it is in Night light mode. (48-bit value)
@ -192,6 +207,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_83_3``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 84: LED Brightness
Brightness level of RGB LED (0%-100%)
Configure the brightness level of RGB LED (0%-100%) when it is in Energy Mode/momentary indicate mode. (48-bit value)
@ -218,6 +234,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_84_3``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 90: Enable Report triggered by minimal change of value
Enables/disables parameter 91 and 92 (reporting minimum wattage)
Enables/disables parameter 91 (minimum change in wattage value) and 92 (minimum change in wattage percent).
@ -236,6 +253,7 @@ This is a write only parameter.
### Parameter 91: Minimum Change to send Report (Watt)
The minimum change in wattage value for a report to be sent
The value here represents minimum change in wattage (in terms of wattage) for a REPORT to be sent (Valid values 0- 60000).
@ -248,6 +266,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_91_2``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 92: Minimum Change to send Report (%)
The minimum change in wattage percentage for a report to be sent
The value here represents minimum change in wattage percent (in terms of percentage) for a REPORT to be sent (Valid values 0-100).
@ -260,6 +279,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_92_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 100: Reset Report Assignments for All Groups
Reset the reports to send to each report group to default values.
Reset the reports to send to each report group to default values.
Set configuration parameters 101-103 to default.
@ -278,6 +298,7 @@ This is a write only parameter.
### Parameter 101: Reports for Group 1
Define which reports to send in report group 1.
Which reports need to send in Report group 1 (See flags in user manual).
@ -290,6 +311,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_101_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 102: Reports for Group 2
Define which reports to send in report group 2.
Which reports need to send in Report group 2 (See flags in user manual).
@ -302,6 +324,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_102_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 103: Reports for Group 3
Define which reports to send in report group 3.
Which reports need to send in Report group 3 (See flags in user manual).
@ -314,6 +337,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_103_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 110: Reset Report Time Intervals for All Groups
Reset the reports time interval for each report group to default values.
Reset the reports to time interval for each report group to default values.
Set configuration parameters 111-113 to default.
@ -333,6 +357,7 @@ This is a write only parameter.
### Parameter 111: Report Group 1 Time Interval
The time interval of sending Report group .
The time interval of sending Report group 1 (Valid values 0x01-0x7FFFFFFF).
Values in the range 0 to 2147483647 may be set.
@ -343,6 +368,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_111_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 112: Report Group 2 Time Interval
The time interval of sending Report group 2.
The time interval of sending Report group 2 (Valid values 0x01-0x7FFFFFFF).
Values in the range 0 to 2147483647 may be set.
@ -353,6 +379,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_112_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 113: Report Group 3 Time Interval
The time interval of sending Report group 3.
The time interval of sending Report group 3 (Valid values 0x01-0x7FFFFFFF).
Values in the range 0 to 2147483647 may be set.
@ -363,6 +390,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_113_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 200: Partner ID
Partner ID (0= Aeon Labs Standard Product, 1= others).
Partner ID
(0= Aeon Labs Standard Product, 1= others).
@ -380,6 +408,7 @@ This is a read only parameter.
### Parameter 252: Configuration Lock
Enable/disable Configuration Lock
Enable/disable Configuration Locked (0 =disable, 1 = enable).
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -395,6 +424,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_252_1``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 254: Device Tag
Device Tag
Values in the range 0 to 65535 may be set.
@ -405,6 +435,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_254_2``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 255: Reset to Factory Default Settings
Reset to Factory Default Settings
This is an advanced parameter and will therefore not show in the user interface without entering advanced mode.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -419,15 +450,18 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_255_1``` and is of type ```INT
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The ZW099 supports 2 association groups.
### Group 1: Group 1
Lifeline
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 2: Group 2
Retransmit
This group supports 5 nodes.

39
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon/zw100_0_0.md
View File

@ -13,7 +13,9 @@ The device is in the category of Sensor, defining Device used to measure somethi
# Overview
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW100
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -26,6 +28,7 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW100
| Alarm (general) | alarm_general | Door | Switch |
### Sensor (motion)
The ```sensor_binary``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -36,18 +39,23 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
| OFF | Untriggered |
### Sensor (relative humidity)
The ```sensor_relhumidity``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Humidity``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Sensor (ultraviolet)
The ```sensor_ultraviolet``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Temperature``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Sensor (temperature)
The ```sensor_temperature``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Temperature``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Sensor (luminance)
The ```sensor_luminance``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Temperature``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Alarm (general)
The ```alarm_general``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -60,6 +68,7 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 26 configuration parameters available in the ZW100.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
@ -93,6 +102,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| 255 | Reset to default factory settings | |
### Parameter 2: Stay Awake in Battery Mode
Stay awake for 10 minutes at power on
Enable/Disable waking up for 10 minutes when re-power on (battery mode) the MultiSensor.
1\. Value = 0, disable.
@ -110,6 +120,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_2_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 3: Motion Sensor reset timeout
Motion Sensor reset timeout
1. The default PIR time is 4 minutes. The Multisensor will send BASIC SET CC (0x00) to the associated nodes if no motion is triggered again in 4 minutes.
2. Range: 10~3600.
@ -129,6 +140,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_2``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 4: Motion sensor sensitivity
Sensitivity level of PIR sensor (1=minimum, 5=maximum)
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -150,6 +162,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_4_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 5: Motion Sensor Triggered Command
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -163,6 +176,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_5_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 39: Low Battery Report
Report Low Battery if below this value
Configure low battery value.
Value=10 to 50.(10% to 50%)
@ -174,6 +188,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_39_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 40: Selective Reporting
Select to report on thresholds
Enable/disable the selective reporting only when measurements reach a certain threshold or percentage set in 41-44 below. This is used to reduce network traffic. (0 == disable, 1 == enable)
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -189,6 +204,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_40_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 41: Temperature Threshold
Temperature change threshold
Threshold change in temperature to induce an automatic report.
**Note**:
@ -203,6 +219,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_41_2``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 42: Humidity Threshold
Humidity percent change threshold
Threshold change in humidity to induce an automatic report.
Note:
@ -217,6 +234,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_42_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 43: Luminance Threshold
Luminance change threshold
Threshold change in luminance to induce an automatic report.
Values in the range 0 to 1000 may be set.
@ -227,6 +245,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_43_2``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 44: Battery Threshold
Battery level threshold
Threshold change in battery level to induce an automatic report.
@ -242,6 +261,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_44_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 45: Ultraviolet Threshold
Ultraviolet change threshold
Threshold change in ultraviolet to induce an automatic report.
Values in the range 0 to 100 may be set.
@ -252,6 +272,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_45_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 46: Send Alarm Report if low temperature
Send an alarm report if temperature is less than -15 °C
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -267,6 +288,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_46_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 100: Set parameters 101-103 to default.
Reset 101-103 to defaults
Set 101-103 to default.
Values in the range 0 to 1 may be set.
@ -278,6 +300,7 @@ This is a write only parameter.
### Parameter 101: Group 1 Periodic Reports
Periodic reports to send to Group 1
This value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual sensors and battery. The sensors have these values:
@ -296,6 +319,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_101_4_000000FF``` and is of ty
### Parameter 102: Group 2 Periodic Reports
Periodic reports to send to Group 2
This value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual sensors and battery. The sensors have these values:
@ -312,6 +336,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_102_4_000000FF``` and is of ty
### Parameter 103: Group 3 Periodic Reports
Periodic reports to send to Group 3
This value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual sensors and battery. The sensors have these values:
@ -328,6 +353,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_103_4_000000FF``` and is of ty
### Parameter 110: Set parameters 111-113 to default.
Set parameters 111-113 to default.
Set parameters 111-113 to default.
Values in the range 0 to 1 may be set.
@ -339,6 +365,7 @@ This is a write only parameter.
### Parameter 111: Group 1 Report Interval
How often to update Group 1
The interval time of sending reports in Report group 1 (Valid values 0x05-0x28DE80).
@ -352,6 +379,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_111_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 112: Group 2 Report Interval
Group 2 Report Interval
The interval time of sending reports in Report group 2 (Valid values 0x05-
0x28DE80).
@ -371,6 +399,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_112_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 113: Group 3 Report Interval
Group 3 Report Interval
The interval time of sending reports in Report group 3
@ -384,6 +413,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_113_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 201: Temperature Calibration
Temperature calibration in 0.1 deg steps
Temperature calibration (the available value range is \[-100,100\] or \[-10°C ,10 °C \] ).
**Note**:
@ -401,6 +431,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_201_1``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 202: Humidity Sensor Calibration
Humidity Sensor Calibration
Humidity sensor calibration (the available value range is \[-50, 50\]).
The calibration value = standard value - measure value.
@ -416,6 +447,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_202_1``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 203: Luminance Sensor Calibration
Luminance Sensor Calibration
Luminance sensor calibration (the available value range is \[-1000, 1000\]).
The calibration value = standard value - measure value.
@ -431,6 +463,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_203_2``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 204: Ultraviolet Sensor Calibration
Ultraviolet Sensor Calibration
Ultraviolet sensor calibration (the available value range is \[-10, 10\]).
The calibration value = standard value - measure value.
@ -447,6 +480,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_204_1``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 252: Lock Configuration Parameters
Enable/disable Configuration Locked (0 =disable, 1 = enable).
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -462,6 +496,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_252_1``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 255: Reset to default factory settings
This is an advanced parameter and will therefore not show in the user interface without entering advanced mode.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -477,20 +512,24 @@ This is a write only parameter.
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The ZW100 supports 3 association groups.
### Group 1: Group 1
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 2: Group 2
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 3: Group 3
This group supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information

71
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon/zw100_1_10.md
View File

@ -12,6 +12,7 @@ This version of the device is limited to firmware versions above 1.10
The device is in the category of Sensor, defining Device used to measure something.
# Overview
RESET - Press and hold for 20 seconds
- Reset MultiSensor to factory default:
@ -27,6 +28,7 @@ RESET - Press and hold for 20 seconds
c), restore the Configuration settings to the default.
## Inclusion Information
Click one time
==============
@ -55,6 +57,7 @@ Short press 2 times within 1 second
step 2.
## Exclusion Information
Remove MultiSensor from Z-wave network:
1\. Power on MultiSensor. The MultiSensor’s LED will be kept turning on for 8 seconds when you short
press the Action Button.
@ -64,6 +67,7 @@ press the Action Button.
Button. If MultiSensor’s LED still keeps on status, in which you need to repeat the process from step 2.
## Wakeup Information
Press and hold for 3 seconds
============================
@ -71,6 +75,7 @@ Enable/disable wake up for 10 minutes.
(When it is enabled, the orange Led will fast blink)
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW100
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -84,6 +89,7 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW100
| Tamper Alarm | alarm_tamper | | Switch |
### Binary Sensor
The ```sensor_binary``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -94,18 +100,23 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
| OFF | Untriggered |
### Sensor (temperature)
The ```sensor_temperature``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Temperature``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Sensor (ultraviolet)
The ```sensor_ultraviolet``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Temperature``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Sensor (luminance)
The ```sensor_luminance``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Temperature``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Sensor (relative humidity)
The ```sensor_relhumidity``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Humidity``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Motion Alarm
The ```alarm_motion``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -116,6 +127,7 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
| ON | Alarm |
### Tamper Alarm
The ```alarm_tamper``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -128,6 +140,7 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 54 configuration parameters available in the ZW100.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
@ -189,6 +202,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| 255 | Reset to default factory settings | |
### Parameter 2: Stay Awake in Battery Mode
Stay awake for 10 minutes at power on
Enable/Disable waking up for 10 minutes when re-power on (battery mode) the MultiSensor.
1\. Value = 0, disable.
@ -206,6 +220,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_2_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 3: Motion Sensor reset timeout
Motion Sensor reset timeout
1. The default PIR time is 4 minutes. The Multisensor will send BASIC SET CC (0x00) to the associated nodes if no motion is triggered again in 4 minutes.
2. Range: 10~3600.
@ -225,6 +240,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_2``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 4: Motion sensor sensitivity
Sensitivity level of PIR sensor (1=minimum, 5=maximum)
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -246,6 +262,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_4_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 5: Motion Sensor Triggered Command
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -259,6 +276,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_5_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 8: Timeout after wake up
Set the timeout of awake after the Wake Up CC is sent out...
Values in the range 8 to 255 may be set.
@ -269,6 +287,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_8_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 9: Report the current power mode
Report the current power mode and the product state of battery power mode
Value1 (MSB): 0x00=USB power mode, 0x01=Battery power mode
@ -286,6 +305,7 @@ This is a read only parameter.
### Parameter 9: Sleep State
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -302,6 +322,7 @@ This is a read only parameter.
### Parameter 9: Power Mode
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -316,6 +337,7 @@ This is a read only parameter.
### Parameter 39: Low Battery Report
Report Low Battery if below this value
Configure low battery value.
Value=10 to 50.(10% to 50%)
@ -327,6 +349,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_39_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 40: Selective Reporting
Select to report on thresholds
Enable/disable the selective reporting only when measurements reach a certain threshold or percentage set in 41-44 below. This is used to reduce network traffic. (0 == disable, 1 == enable)
@ -344,6 +367,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_40_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 41: Temperature Threshold
Temperature change threshold
Threshold change in temperature to induce an automatic report.
**Note**:
@ -364,6 +388,7 @@ This is a write only parameter.
### Parameter 41: Temperature Threshold Unit
Sets the unit of the threshold
According to specs, only 2 values are allowed in the lower word:
@ -387,6 +412,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_41_4_0000FF00``` and is of typ
### Parameter 41: Temperature Threshold
Threshold change in temperature to induce an automatic report.
It seems that only the lower byte of the upper word is used for temperature threshold.
Values in the range 0 to 100 may be set.
@ -397,6 +423,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_41_4_00FF0000``` and is of typ
### Parameter 42: Humidity Threshold
Humidity percent change threshold
Threshold change in humidity to induce an automatic report.
Note:
@ -411,6 +438,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_42_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 43: Luminance Threshold
Luminance change threshold
Threshold change in luminance to induce an automatic report.
Values in the range 0 to 1000 may be set.
@ -421,6 +449,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_43_2``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 44: Battery Threshold
Battery level threshold
Threshold change in battery level to induce an automatic report.
@ -436,6 +465,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_44_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 45: Ultraviolet Threshold
Ultraviolet change threshold
Threshold change in ultraviolet to induce an automatic report.
Values in the range 0 to 100 may be set.
@ -446,6 +476,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_45_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 46: Send Alarm Report if low temperature
Send an alarm report if temperature is less than -15 °C
Enable/Disable to send the alarm report of low temperature (<-15°C)
@ -467,6 +498,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_46_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 48: Send a report if the measurement is out of limits
Send a report when the measurement is more than the upper limit value or less than the lower limit value.
Enable/disable to send a report when the measurement is more than the upper limit value or less than the lower limit value.
@ -501,6 +533,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_48_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 49: Upper limit value of temperature sensor
Upper limit value of temperature sensor
Set the upper limit value of temperature sensor. When the measurement is more than this upper limit, which will trigger to sent out a sensor report.
@ -522,6 +555,7 @@ This is a write only parameter.
### Parameter 49: Unit selection for upper limit value of temperature sensor
Unit selection for upper limit value of temperature sensor
Low bytes represent the unit (0x0100=Celsius, 0x0200=Fahrenheit).
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -538,6 +572,7 @@ This is a write only parameter.
### Parameter 49: Upper limit value of temperature sensor
Upper limit value of temperature sensor
Set the upper limit value of temperature sensor. When the measurement is more than this upper limit, which will trigger to sent out a sensor report. High byte is the upper limit value. Low bytes represent the unit (0x0100=Celsius, 0x0200=Fahrenheit).
@ -557,6 +592,7 @@ This is a write only parameter.
### Parameter 50: Lower limit value of temperature sensor
Lower limit value of temperature sensor
Set the lower limit value of temperature sensor. When the measurement is less than this lower limit, which will trigger to sent out a sensor report. High byte is the lower limit value. Low bytes represent the unit (0x0100=Celsius, 0x0200=Fahrenheit).
@ -576,6 +612,7 @@ This is a write only parameter.
### Parameter 50: Unit selection for lower limit value of temperature sensor
Unit selection for lower limit value of temperature sensor
Low bytes represent the unit (0x0100=Celsius, 0x0200=Fahrenheit).
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -592,6 +629,7 @@ This is a write only parameter.
### Parameter 50: Lower limit value of temperature sensor
Lower limit value of temperature sensor
Set the lower limit value of temperature sensor. When the measurement is less than this lower limit, which will trigger to sent out a sensor report. High byte is the lower limit value. Low bytes represent the unit (0x0100=Celsius, 0x0200=Fahrenheit).
@ -611,6 +649,7 @@ This is a write only parameter.
### Parameter 51: Upper limit value of humidity sensor
Upper limit value of humidity sensor
Set the upper limit value of humidity sensor. When the measurement is more than this upper limit, which will trigger to sent out a sensor report. Upper limit range: 0 to 100%. E.g. The default upper limit is 60%, when the measurement is more than 60%, it will be triggered to send out a humidity sensor report.
Values in the range 0 to 100 may be set.
@ -621,6 +660,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_51_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 52: Lower limit value of humidity sensor
Lower limit value of humidity sensor
Set the lower limit value of humidity sensor. When the measurement is less than this lower limit, which will trigger to sent out a sensor report. Lower limit range: 0 to 100%.
@ -633,6 +673,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_52_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 53: Upper limit value of Lighting sensor
Upper limit value of Lighting sensor
Set the upper limit value of Lighting sensor. When the measurement is more than this upper limit, which will trigger to sent out a sensor report. Upper limit range: 0 to 30000 Lux.
@ -645,6 +686,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_53_2``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 54: Lower limit value of Lighting sensor
Lower limit value of Lighting sensor
Set the lower limit value of Lighting sensor. When the measurement is less than this lower limit, which will trigger to sent out a sensor report. Lower limit range: 0 to 30000 Lux.
@ -657,6 +699,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_54_2``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 55: Upper limit value of ultraviolet sensor
Upper limit value of ultraviolet sensor
Set the upper limit value of ultraviolet sensor. When the measurement is more than this upper limit, which will trigger to sent out a sensor report. Upper limit range: 1 to 11.
@ -669,6 +712,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_55_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 56: Lower limit value of ultraviolet sensor
Lower limit value of ultraviolet sensor
Set the lower limit value of ultraviolet sensor. When the measurement is less than this upper limit, which will trigger to sent out a sensor report. Lower limit range: 1 to 11.
@ -681,6 +725,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_56_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 57: Recover limit value of temperature sensor
Recover limit value of temperature sensor
Set the recover limit value of temperature sensor.
@ -703,6 +748,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_57_2``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 58: Recover limit value of humidity sensor
Recover limit value of humidity sensor
Set the recover limit value of humidity sensor.
@ -723,6 +769,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_58_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 59: Recover limit value of Lighting sensor.
Recover limit value of Lighting sensor.
Set the recover limit value of Lighting sensor.
@ -745,6 +792,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_59_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 60: Recover limit value of Ultraviolet sensor
Recover limit value of Ultraviolet sensor
Set the recover limit value of Ultraviolet sensor.
@ -765,6 +813,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_60_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 61: Out-of-limit state of the Sensors
Out-of-limit state of the Sensors
Get the out-of-limit state of the Sensors.
@ -798,6 +847,7 @@ This is a read only parameter.
### Parameter 64: Default unit of the automatic temperature report
Default unit of the automatic temperature report
Set the default unit of the automatic temperature report in parameter 101- 103. 1 = Celsius. 2 = Fahrenheit.
Values in the range 1 to 2 may be set.
@ -808,6 +858,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_64_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 81: LED function
Disable/Enable LED function
Enable/disable the LED blinking.
0 = Enable LED blinking.
@ -827,6 +878,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_81_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 100: Set parameters 101-103 to default.
Reset 101-103 to defaults
Set 101-103 to default.
Values in the range 0 to 1 may be set.
@ -838,6 +890,7 @@ This is a write only parameter.
### Parameter 101: Group 1 Periodic Reports
Periodic reports to send to Group 1
This value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual sensors and battery. The sensors have these values:
@ -856,6 +909,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_101_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 102: Group 2 Periodic Reports
Periodic reports to send to Group 2
This value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual sensors and battery. The sensors have these values:
@ -872,6 +926,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_102_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 103: Group 3 Periodic Reports
Periodic reports to send to Group 3
This value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual sensors and battery. The sensors have these values:
@ -888,6 +943,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_103_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 110: Set parameters 111-113 to default.
Set parameters 111-113 to default.
Set parameters 111-113 to default.
Values in the range 0 to 1 may be set.
@ -899,6 +955,7 @@ This is a write only parameter.
### Parameter 111: Group 1 Report Interval
How often to update Group 1
The interval time of sending reports in Report group 1 (Valid values 0x05-0x28DE80).
@ -912,6 +969,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_111_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 112: Group 2 Report Interval
Group 2 Report Interval
The interval time of sending reports in Report group 2 (Valid values 0x05-
0x28DE80).
@ -931,6 +989,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_112_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 113: Group 3 Report Interval
Group 3 Report Interval
The interval time of sending reports in Report group 3
@ -944,6 +1003,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_113_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 201: Temperature Calibration
Temperature calibration in 0.1 deg steps
Temperature calibration (the available value range is \[-128,127\] or \[-12.8°C ,12.7 °C \] ).
**Note**:
@ -961,6 +1021,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_201_2``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 201: Temperature Calibration Unit
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -974,6 +1035,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_201_2_000000FF``` and is of ty
### Parameter 201: Temperature Calibration Value
Calibration value containing one decimal point
Values in the range -127 to 127 may be set.
@ -984,6 +1046,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_201_2_0000FF00``` and is of ty
### Parameter 202: Humidity Sensor Calibration
Humidity Sensor Calibration
Humidity sensor calibration (the available value range is \[-50, 50\]).
The calibration value = standard value - measure value.
@ -999,6 +1062,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_202_1``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 203: Luminance Sensor Calibration
Luminance Sensor Calibration
Luminance sensor calibration (the available value range is \[-1000, 1000\]).
The calibration value = standard value - measure value.
@ -1014,6 +1078,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_203_2``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 204: Ultraviolet Sensor Calibration
Ultraviolet Sensor Calibration
Ultraviolet sensor calibration (the available value range is \[-10, 10\]).
The calibration value = standard value - measure value.
@ -1029,6 +1094,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_204_1``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 252: Lock Configuration Parameters
Enable or Disable changing of configuration parameters
Enable/disable Configuration Locked (0 =disable, 1 = enable).
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -1045,6 +1111,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_252_1``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 255: Reset to default factory settings
This is an advanced parameter and will therefore not show in the user interface without entering advanced mode.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -1060,20 +1127,24 @@ This is a write only parameter.
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The ZW100 supports 3 association groups.
### Group 1: Group 1
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 2: Group 2
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 3: Group 3
This group supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information

47
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon/zw100_1_7.md
View File

@ -12,6 +12,7 @@ This version of the device is limited to firmware version 1.7
The device is in the category of Sensor, defining Device used to measure something.
# Overview
Technical Specifications: Operating distance: Up to 500 feet/150 meters outdoors Operating temperature: 0°C to 40°C Relative humidity: 8% RH to 80% RH Function of Z\_Wave Button: Click one time:
1. Send non-security Node Info Frame
@ -35,12 +36,15 @@ Enable/Disable wake up for 10 minutes.
Reset MultiSensor to factory default (see documentation)
## Inclusion Information
see "Device Overview"
## Exclusion Information
see "Device Overview"
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW100
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -54,6 +58,7 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW100
| Tamper Alarm | alarm_tamper | | Switch |
### Binary Sensor
The ```sensor_binary``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -64,18 +69,23 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
| OFF | Untriggered |
### Sensor (relative humidity)
The ```sensor_relhumidity``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Humidity``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Sensor (ultraviolet)
The ```sensor_ultraviolet``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Temperature``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Sensor (temperature)
The ```sensor_temperature``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Temperature``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Sensor (luminance)
The ```sensor_luminance``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Temperature``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Motion Alarm
The ```alarm_motion``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -86,6 +96,7 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
| ON | Alarm |
### Tamper Alarm
The ```alarm_tamper``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -98,6 +109,7 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 31 configuration parameters available in the ZW100.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
@ -136,6 +148,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| 255 | Reset to default factory settings | |
### Parameter 2: Stay Awake in Battery Mode
Stay awake for 10 minutes at power on
Enable/Disable waking up for 10 minutes when re-power on (battery mode) the MultiSensor.
1\. Value = 0, disable.
@ -153,6 +166,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_2_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 3: Motion Sensor reset timeout
Motion Sensor reset timeout
1. The default PIR time is 4 minutes. The Multisensor will send BASIC SET CC (0x00) to the associated nodes if no motion is triggered again in 4 minutes.
2. Range: 10~3600.
@ -172,6 +186,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_2``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 4: Motion sensor sensitivity
Sensitivity level of PIR sensor (1=minimum, 5=maximum)
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -193,6 +208,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_4_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 5: Motion Sensor Triggered Command
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -206,6 +222,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_5_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 9: Report the current power mode
Report the current power mode and the product state of battery power mode
Value1 (MSB): 0x00=USB power mode, 0x01=Battery power mode
@ -221,6 +238,7 @@ This is a read only parameter.
### Parameter 39: Low Battery Report
Report Low Battery if below this value
Configure low battery value.
Value=10 to 50.(10% to 50%)
@ -232,6 +250,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_39_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 40: Selective Reporting
Select to report on thresholds
Enable/disable the selective reporting only when measurements reach a certain threshold or percentage set in 41-44 below. This is used to reduce network traffic. (0 == disable, 1 == enable)
@ -249,6 +268,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_40_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 41: Temperature Threshold
Temperature change threshold
Threshold change in temperature to induce an automatic report.
**Note**:
@ -264,6 +284,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_41_3``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 41: Temperature Threshold Unit
Sets the unit of the threshold
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -279,6 +300,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_41_3_0000000F``` and is of typ
### Parameter 41: Temperature Threshold
Threshold change in temperature to induce an automatic report.
Values in the range 0 to 100 may be set.
@ -289,6 +311,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_41_3_00FFFF00``` and is of typ
### Parameter 42: Humidity Threshold
Humidity percent change threshold
Threshold change in humidity to induce an automatic report.
Note:
@ -303,6 +326,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_42_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 43: Luminance Threshold
Luminance change threshold
Threshold change in luminance to induce an automatic report.
Values in the range 0 to 1000 may be set.
@ -313,6 +337,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_43_2``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 44: Battery Threshold
Battery level threshold
Threshold change in battery level to induce an automatic report.
@ -328,6 +353,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_44_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 45: Ultraviolet Threshold
Ultraviolet change threshold
Threshold change in ultraviolet to induce an automatic report.
Values in the range 0 to 100 may be set.
@ -338,6 +364,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_45_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 46: Send Alarm Report if low temperature
Send an alarm report if temperature is less than -15 °C
Enable/Disable to send the alarm report of low temperature (<-15°C)
@ -359,6 +386,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_46_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 100: Set parameters 101-103 to default.
Reset 101-103 to defaults
Set 101-103 to default.
Values in the range 0 to 1 may be set.
@ -370,6 +398,7 @@ This is a write only parameter.
### Parameter 101: Group 1 Periodic Reports
Periodic reports to send to Group 1
This value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual sensors and battery. The sensors have these values:
@ -388,6 +417,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_101_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 102: Group 2 Periodic Reports
Periodic reports to send to Group 2
This value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual sensors and battery. The sensors have these values:
@ -404,6 +434,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_102_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 103: Group 3 Periodic Reports
Periodic reports to send to Group 3
This value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual sensors and battery. The sensors have these values:
@ -420,6 +451,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_103_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 110: Set parameters 111-113 to default.
Set parameters 111-113 to default.
Set parameters 111-113 to default.
Values in the range 0 to 1 may be set.
@ -431,6 +463,7 @@ This is a write only parameter.
### Parameter 111: Group 1 Report Interval
How often to update Group 1
The interval time of sending reports in Report group 1 (Valid values 0x05-0x28DE80).
@ -444,6 +477,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_111_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 112: Group 2 Report Interval
Group 2 Report Interval
The interval time of sending reports in Report group 2 (Valid values 0x05-
0x28DE80).
@ -463,6 +497,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_112_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 113: Group 3 Report Interval
Group 3 Report Interval
The interval time of sending reports in Report group 3
@ -476,6 +511,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_113_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 201: Temperature Calibration
Temperature calibration in 0.1 deg steps
Temperature calibration (the available value range is \[-128,127\] or \[-12.8°C ,12.7 °C \] ).
**Note**:
@ -493,6 +529,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_201_2``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 201: Temperature Calibration Unit
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -506,6 +543,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_201_2_000000FF``` and is of ty
### Parameter 201: Temperature Calibration Value
Calibration value containing one decimal point
Values in the range -127 to 127 may be set.
@ -516,6 +554,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_201_2_0000FF00``` and is of ty
### Parameter 202: Humidity Sensor Calibration
Humidity Sensor Calibration
Humidity sensor calibration (the available value range is \[-50, 50\]).
The calibration value = standard value - measure value.
@ -531,6 +570,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_202_1``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 203: Luminance Sensor Calibration
Luminance Sensor Calibration
Luminance sensor calibration (the available value range is \[-1000, 1000\]).
The calibration value = standard value - measure value.
@ -546,6 +586,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_203_2``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 204: Ultraviolet Sensor Calibration
Ultraviolet Sensor Calibration
Ultraviolet sensor calibration (the available value range is \[-10, 10\]).
The calibration value = standard value - measure value.
@ -561,6 +602,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_204_1``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 252: Lock Configuration Parameters
Enable/disable Configuration Locked (0 =disable, 1 = enable)
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -577,6 +619,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_252_1``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 255: Reset to default factory settings
This is an advanced parameter and will therefore not show in the user interface without entering advanced mode.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -592,20 +635,24 @@ This is a write only parameter.
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The ZW100 supports 3 association groups.
### Group 1: Group 1
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 2: Group 2
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 3: Group 3
This group supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information

50
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon/zw100_1_8.md
View File

@ -12,6 +12,7 @@ This version of the device is limited to firmware version 1.8
The device is in the category of Sensor, defining Device used to measure something.
# Overview
RESET - Press and hold for 20 seconds
- Reset MultiSensor to factory default:
@ -27,6 +28,7 @@ RESET - Press and hold for 20 seconds
c), restore the Configuration settings to the default.
## Inclusion Information
Click one time
==============
@ -55,6 +57,7 @@ Short press 2 times within 1 second
step 2.
## Exclusion Information
Remove MultiSensor from Z-wave network:
1\. Power on MultiSensor. The MultiSensor’s LED will be kept turning on for 8 seconds when you short
press the Action Button.
@ -64,6 +67,7 @@ press the Action Button.
Button. If MultiSensor’s LED still keeps on status, in which you need to repeat the process from step 2.
## Wakeup Information
Press and hold for 3 seconds
============================
@ -71,6 +75,7 @@ Enable/disable wake up for 10 minutes.
(When it is enabled, the orange Led will fast blink)
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW100
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -84,6 +89,7 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW100
| Motion Alarm | alarm_motion | Door | Switch |
### Binary Sensor
The ```sensor_binary``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -94,18 +100,23 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
| OFF | Untriggered |
### Sensor (relative humidity)
The ```sensor_relhumidity``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Humidity``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Sensor (temperature)
The ```sensor_temperature``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Temperature``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Sensor (luminance)
The ```sensor_luminance``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Temperature``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Sensor (ultraviolet)
The ```sensor_ultraviolet``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Temperature``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Tamper Alarm
The ```alarm_tamper``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -116,6 +127,7 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
| ON | Alarm |
### Motion Alarm
The ```alarm_motion``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -128,6 +140,7 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 33 configuration parameters available in the ZW100.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
@ -168,6 +181,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| 255 | Reset to default factory settings | |
### Parameter 2: Stay Awake in Battery Mode
Stay awake for 10 minutes at power on
Enable/Disable waking up for 10 minutes when re-power on (battery mode) the MultiSensor.
1\. Value = 0, disable.
@ -185,6 +199,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_2_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 3: Motion Sensor reset timeout
Motion Sensor reset timeout
1. The default PIR time is 4 minutes. The Multisensor will send BASIC SET CC (0x00) to the associated nodes if no motion is triggered again in 4 minutes.
2. Range: 10~3600.
@ -204,6 +219,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_2``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 4: Motion sensor sensitivity
Sensitivity level of PIR sensor (1=minimum, 5=maximum)
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -225,6 +241,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_4_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 5: Motion Sensor Triggered Command
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -238,6 +255,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_5_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 8: Timeout after wake up
Set the timeout of awake after the Wake Up CC is sent out...
Values in the range 8 to 255 may be set.
@ -248,6 +266,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_8_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 9: Report the current power mode
Report the current power mode and the product state of battery power mode
Value1 (MSB): 0x00=USB power mode, 0x01=Battery power mode
@ -263,6 +282,7 @@ This is a read only parameter.
### Parameter 39: Low Battery Report
Report Low Battery if below this value
Configure low battery value.
Value=10 to 50.(10% to 50%)
@ -274,6 +294,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_39_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 40: Selective Reporting
Select to report on thresholds
Enable/disable the selective reporting only when measurements reach a certain threshold or percentage set in 41-44 below. This is used to reduce network traffic. (0 == disable, 1 == enable)
@ -291,6 +312,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_40_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 41: Temperature Threshold
Temperature change threshold
Threshold change in temperature to induce an automatic report.
**Note**:
@ -311,6 +333,7 @@ This is a write only parameter.
### Parameter 41: Temperature Threshold Unit
Sets the unit of the threshold
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -326,6 +349,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_41_2_000000FF``` and is of typ
### Parameter 41: Temperature Threshold
Threshold change in temperature to induce an automatic report.
Values in the range 0 to 100 may be set.
@ -336,6 +360,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_41_2_0000FF00``` and is of typ
### Parameter 42: Humidity Threshold
Humidity percent change threshold
Threshold change in humidity to induce an automatic report.
Note:
@ -350,6 +375,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_42_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 43: Luminance Threshold
Luminance change threshold
Threshold change in luminance to induce an automatic report.
Values in the range 0 to 1000 may be set.
@ -360,6 +386,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_43_2``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 44: Battery Threshold
Battery level threshold
Threshold change in battery level to induce an automatic report.
@ -375,6 +402,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_44_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 45: Ultraviolet Threshold
Ultraviolet change threshold
Threshold change in ultraviolet to induce an automatic report.
Values in the range 0 to 100 may be set.
@ -385,6 +413,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_45_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 46: Send Alarm Report if low temperature
Send an alarm report if temperature is less than -15 °C
Enable/Disable to send the alarm report of low temperature (<-15°C)
@ -406,6 +435,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_46_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 81: LED function
Disable/Enable LED function
Disable/Enable LED function (0: enabled 1: disabled)
Values in the range 0 to 1 may be set.
@ -416,6 +446,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_81_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 100: Set parameters 101-103 to default.
Reset 101-103 to defaults
Set 101-103 to default.
Values in the range 0 to 1 may be set.
@ -427,6 +458,7 @@ This is a write only parameter.
### Parameter 101: Group 1 Periodic Reports
Periodic reports to send to Group 1
This value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual sensors and battery. The sensors have these values:
@ -445,6 +477,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_101_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 102: Group 2 Periodic Reports
Periodic reports to send to Group 2
This value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual sensors and battery. The sensors have these values:
@ -461,6 +494,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_102_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 103: Group 3 Periodic Reports
Periodic reports to send to Group 3
This value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual sensors and battery. The sensors have these values:
@ -477,6 +511,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_103_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 110: Set parameters 111-113 to default.
Set parameters 111-113 to default.
Set parameters 111-113 to default.
Values in the range 0 to 1 may be set.
@ -488,6 +523,7 @@ This is a write only parameter.
### Parameter 111: Group 1 Report Interval
How often to update Group 1
The interval time of sending reports in Report group 1 (Valid values 0x05-0x28DE80).
@ -501,6 +537,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_111_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 112: Group 2 Report Interval
Group 2 Report Interval
The interval time of sending reports in Report group 2 (Valid values 0x05-
0x28DE80).
@ -520,6 +557,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_112_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 113: Group 3 Report Interval
Group 3 Report Interval
The interval time of sending reports in Report group 3
@ -533,6 +571,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_113_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 201: Temperature Calibration
Temperature calibration in 0.1 deg steps
Temperature calibration (the available value range is \[-128,127\] or \[-12.8°C ,12.7 °C \] ).
**Note**:
@ -550,6 +589,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_201_2``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 201: Temperature Calibration Unit
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -563,6 +603,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_201_2_000000FF``` and is of ty
### Parameter 201: Temperature Calibration Value
Calibration value containing one decimal point
Values in the range -127 to 127 may be set.
@ -573,6 +614,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_201_2_0000FF00``` and is of ty
### Parameter 202: Humidity Sensor Calibration
Humidity Sensor Calibration
Humidity sensor calibration (the available value range is \[-50, 50\]).
The calibration value = standard value - measure value.
@ -588,6 +630,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_202_1``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 203: Luminance Sensor Calibration
Luminance Sensor Calibration
Luminance sensor calibration (the available value range is \[-1000, 1000\]).
The calibration value = standard value - measure value.
@ -603,6 +646,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_203_2``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 204: Ultraviolet Sensor Calibration
Ultraviolet Sensor Calibration
Ultraviolet sensor calibration (the available value range is \[-10, 10\]).
The calibration value = standard value - measure value.
@ -618,6 +662,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_204_1``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 252: Lock Configuration Parameters
Enable or Disable changing of configuration parameters
Enable/disable Configuration Locked (0 =disable, 1 = enable).
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -634,6 +679,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_252_1``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 255: Reset to default factory settings
This is an advanced parameter and will therefore not show in the user interface without entering advanced mode.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -649,20 +695,24 @@ This is a write only parameter.
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The ZW100 supports 3 association groups.
### Group 1: Group 1
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 2: Group 2
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 3: Group 3
This group supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information

51
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon/zw111_0_0.md
View File

@ -11,11 +11,13 @@ This describes the Z-Wave device *ZW111*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the t
The device is in the category of Wall Switch, defining Any device attached to the wall that controls a binary status of something, for ex. a light switch.
# Overview
Aeotec Nano Dimmer is a Z-Wave Smart Dimmer specifically used to enable Z-Wave command and control (on/off/dim) of any wall switches. It can report immediate wattage consumption or kWh energy usage over a period of time. In the event of power failure, non-volatile memory retains all programmed information relating to the unit’s operating status.
It can connect to 2 external manual switches to control the load ON/OFF independently. Its surface has a pin socket, which can be used for connecting to the touch panel, so you can also use the touch panel to control the Nano Dimmer.
The Nano Dimmer is also a security Z-Wave plus device and supports Over The Air (OTA) feature for the products firmware upgrade.
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW111
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -32,27 +34,35 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW111
| Clock Time Offset | time_offset | Temperature | Number |
### Switch
The ```switch_binary``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Dimmer
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
### Scene Number
The ```scene_number``` channel supports the ```Number``` item.
### Electric meter (kWh)
The ```meter_kwh``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (watts)
The ```meter_watts``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (volts)
The ```meter_voltage``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (amps)
The ```meter_current``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Alarm (power)
The ```alarm_power``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -63,6 +73,7 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
| ON | Alarm |
### Alarm (heat)
The ```alarm_heat``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -73,11 +84,13 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
| ON | Alarm |
### Clock Time Offset
The ```time_offset``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Temperature``` category.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 33 configuration parameters available in the ZW111.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
@ -118,6 +131,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| 255 | Reset the Nano Dimmer | Reset the Nano Dimmer |
### Parameter 3: Current Overload Protection
Current Overload Protection
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -133,6 +147,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 4: Overheat protection
Overheat protection
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -148,6 +163,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_4_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 20: Configure the output status after re-power on it
Configure the output status after re-power on it
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -164,6 +180,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_20_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 80: Group 1 notificaiton
Set notification sent to associated nodes (group 1)
To set which notification would be sent to the associated devices (Group 1) when the state of Nano Dimmer’s load is changed.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -182,6 +199,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_80_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 81: Group 3 notificaiton
Set notification sent to associated nodes (group 3)
set notification sent to associated nodes (group 4)
@ -199,6 +217,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_81_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 82: Group 4 notificaiton
Set notification sent to associated nodes (group 4)
To set which notification would be sent to the associated nodes in association Group 4 when using the external switch 2 to switch the loads.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -214,6 +233,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_82_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 85: Set appointment 1
Set appointment 1
0 to 99 The brightness level
256 to 316 The minute value of ON time
@ -227,6 +247,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_85_4``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 86: Set appointment 2
Set appointment 2
0 to 99 The brightness level
256 to 316 The minute value of ON time
@ -240,6 +261,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_86_4``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 90: (En/dis)able 91 and 92
Enables/disables parameter 91 and 92
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -255,6 +277,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_90_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 91: Set the threshold value of wattage
Threshold change in wattage (in terms of wattage) to induce an automatic report
Values in the range 0 to 60000 may be set.
@ -265,6 +288,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_91_2``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 92: Set the threshold value of wattage
Threshold change in wattage (in terms of percentage)
Threshold change in wattage (in terms of percentage) to induce an automatic report
Values in the range 0 to 100 may be set.
@ -275,6 +299,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_92_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 100: Reset 101-103 to default
Reset parameters 101-103 to default values
This is an advanced parameter and will therefore not show in the user interface without entering advanced mode.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -290,6 +315,7 @@ This is a write only parameter.
### Parameter 101: Set group 1 reports
To set which reports need to be sent in Report group 1
1 Send Meter Report of voltage (V)
2 Send Meter Report of current (A)
@ -303,6 +329,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_101_1``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 102: Set group 2 reports
To set which reports need to be sent in Report group 2
1 Send Meter Report of voltage (V)
2 Send Meter Report of current (A)
@ -316,6 +343,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_102_1``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 103: To set which reports need to be sent in Report group 3
To set which reports need to be sent in Report group 3
1 Send Meter Report of voltage (V)
2 Send Meter Report of current (A)
@ -329,6 +357,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_103_1``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 110: Reset 111-113 to default
Reset parameters 111-113 to default values
This is an advanced parameter and will therefore not show in the user interface without entering advanced mode.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -344,6 +373,7 @@ This is a write only parameter.
### Parameter 111: Automatic report interval group 1
Set the interval of automatic report for Report group 1
Values in the range 1 to 2147483647 may be set.
@ -354,6 +384,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_111_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 112: Automatic report interval group 2
Set the interval of automatic report for Report group 2
Values in the range 1 to 2147483647 may be set.
@ -364,6 +395,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_112_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 113: Automatic report interval group 3
Set the interval of automatic report for Report group 3
Values in the range 0 to 2147483647 may be set.
@ -374,6 +406,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_113_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 120: Configure the external switch mode for S1
Configure the external switch mode for S1
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -393,6 +426,7 @@ This is a write only parameter.
### Parameter 121: Configure the external switch mode for S2
Configure the external switch mode for S2
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -411,6 +445,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_121_1``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 122: Get the state of touch panel port
Get the state of touch panel port
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -426,6 +461,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_122_1``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 123: Set the control destination for external switch S1
Set the control destination for external switch S1
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -442,6 +478,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_123_1``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 124: Set the control destination for external switch S2
Set the control destination for external switch S2
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -458,6 +495,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_124_1``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 125: Set the default dimming rate
The value range is 1 to 255 seconds
Values in the range 1 to 255 may be set.
@ -468,6 +506,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_125_1``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 128: Get the current working mode
Get the current working mode
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -484,6 +523,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_128_1``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 129: Set the dimming principle
Set the dimming principle
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -499,6 +539,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_129_1``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 130: To get what type of load the Dimmer is connected to
To get what type of load the Dimmer is connected to.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -516,6 +557,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_130_1``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 131: Set the min brightness level that the load can reach to
Set the min brightness level that the load can reach to
Values in the range 0 to 99 may be set.
@ -526,6 +568,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_131_1``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 132: Set the max brightness level that the load can reach to
Set the max brightness level that the load can reach to
Values in the range 0 to 99 may be set.
@ -536,6 +579,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_132_1``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 249: Set the recognition way of load
Set the recognition way of load
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -552,6 +596,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_249_1``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 252: Lock/unlock configuration parameters
Lock/unlock configuration parameters
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -567,6 +612,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_252_1``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 255: Reset the Nano Dimmer
Reset the Nano Dimmer
This is an advanced parameter and will therefore not show in the user interface without entering advanced mode.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -582,24 +628,29 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_255_4``` and is of type ```INT
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The ZW111 supports 4 association groups.
### Group 1: Lifeline
Z-Wave Plus Lifeline
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 2: Forward
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 3: Send Basic Set (Group 3) Sw 1
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 4: Send Basic Set (Group 3) Sw 2
This group supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information

16
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon/zw112_0_0.md
View File

@ -9,20 +9,25 @@ title: ZW112 - ZWave
This describes the Z-Wave device *ZW112*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the thing type UID of ```aeon_zw112_00_000```.
# Overview
Aeon Labs Door/ Window Sensor 6 is a smart Z-Wave sensor that can detect the status of door/window's open/close in real time.
It’s a security Z-Wave device that supports security encryption. Also it supports the “Over the Air Firmware Updating” that allows you wirelessly update its firmware if needs.
It can be included and operated in any Z-Wave network with other Z-Wave certified devices from manufacturers and/or other applications.
## Inclusion Information
Turn the primary controller into inclusion mode, short press the product’s Action Button that you can find in the back of the product.
## Exclusion Information
Turn the primary controller into exclusion mode, short press the product’s Action Button that you can find in back of the product.
## Wakeup Information
Press the Action Button once, which will trigger sending out the Wake up notification command, press and hold the Action Button for 3 seconds, which will toggle on/off the Sensor be waked up for 10 minutes.
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW112
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -30,6 +35,7 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW112
| Door Sensor | sensor_door | Door | Contact |
### Door Sensor
The ```sensor_door``` channel supports the ```Contact``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Contact``` item type -:
@ -42,6 +48,7 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Contact``
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 7 configuration parameters available in the ZW112.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
@ -58,6 +65,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
### Parameter 1: Value that will be sent on open/close events
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -71,6 +79,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_1_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 39: Low battery threshold (10% to 50%)
The value the sensor will use to determine a low battery level
Values in the range 10 to 50 may be set.
@ -81,6 +90,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_39_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 101: Low battery voltage check
Enable or disables the low battery voltage check
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -96,6 +106,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_101_1``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 111: Low battery voltage check time
Sets the value of the interval for the low battery check time (in seconds)
Values in the range 240 to 134217727 may be set.
@ -108,6 +119,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_111_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 121: Reporting mode on open/close event
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -125,6 +137,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_121_1``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 252: Lock/Unlock all configuration parameters
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -138,6 +151,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_252_1``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 255: Reset sensor to factory default and remove from network
Reset sensor to factory default and remove from network
Writing 1431655765 to this parameter will reset to factory default and the sensor will be removed from network.
@ -151,11 +165,13 @@ This is a write only parameter.
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The ZW112 supports 1 association group.
### Group 1: Lifeline
Sends sensor report as configured in parameter 121 when the sensor is triggered
This group supports 5 nodes.

44
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon/zw116_0_0.md
View File

@ -9,11 +9,13 @@ title: ZW116 - ZWave
This describes the Z-Wave device *ZW116*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the thing type UID of ```aeon_zw116_00_000```.
# Overview
Aeotec Nano Switch is a Z-Wave Smart Switch specifically used to enable Z-Wave command and control (on/off) of any wall switches. It can report immediate wattage consumption or kWh energy usage over a period of time. In the event of power failure, non-volatile memory retains all programmed information relating to the unit’s operating status.
It can connect to 2 external manual switches to control the load ON/OFF independently. Its surface has a pin socket, which can be used for connecting to the touch panel, so you can also use the touch panel to control the Dual Nano Switch.
The Nano Switch is also a security Z-Wave device and supports Over The Air (OTA) feature for the products firmware upgrade.
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW116
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -29,24 +31,31 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW116
| Clock Time Offset | time_offset | Temperature | Number |
### Switch
The ```switch_binary``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Scene Number
The ```scene_number``` channel supports the ```Number``` item.
### Electric meter (watts)
The ```meter_watts``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (volts)
The ```meter_voltage``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (kWh)
The ```meter_kwh``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (amps)
The ```meter_current``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Alarm (power)
The ```alarm_power``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -57,6 +66,7 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
| ON | Alarm |
### Alarm (heat)
The ```alarm_heat``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -67,11 +77,13 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
| ON | Alarm |
### Clock Time Offset
The ```time_offset``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Temperature``` category.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 28 configuration parameters available in the ZW116.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
@ -107,6 +119,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| 255 | Reset the Nano Switch | |
### Parameter 3: Current Overload Protection
Current Overload Protection
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -122,6 +135,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 4: Overheat protection
Overheat protection
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -137,6 +151,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_4_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 9: Instant Energy Autosend Interval (SENSOR_MULTILEVEL_REPORT)
Instant Energy Autosend Interval (SENSOR\_MULTILEVEL\_REPORT)
Send SENSOR\_MULTILEVEL\_REPORT at this interval
@ -149,6 +164,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_9_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 20: Output status after re-power
Configure the output status after re-power on it
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -165,6 +181,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_20_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 80: Group 1 notifications
Group 1 notifications when the state of Nano Switch's load is changed
To set which notification would be sent to the associated devices (Group 1) when the state of Nano Switch's load is changed.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -182,6 +199,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_80_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 81: Group 3 notifications
Notification to sent for Group 3 when using the external switch 1
To set which notification would be sent to the associated nodes in association Group 3 when using the external switch 1 to switch the loads.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -197,6 +215,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_81_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 82: Group 4 notifications
Notification to sent for Group 4 when using the external switch 2
To set which notification would be sent to the associated nodes in association Group 4 when using the external switch 2 to switch the loads.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -212,6 +231,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_82_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 83: Configure the state of LED
Configure the state of LED when it is in 3 modes
Configure the state of LED when it is in 3 modes (Energy mode, Momentary indicate mode, Night light mode)
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -228,6 +248,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_83_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 84: Night light mode LED state
Set the ON/OFF time of the LED when it is in Night light mode
0 to 60 The minute time of OFF 256 to 316 The hour time of OFF 65536 to 65596 The minute time of ON 16777216 to 16777276 The hour time of ON
Values in the range 0 to 0 may be set.
@ -238,6 +259,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_84_4``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 86: Set appointment 1
Set the ON time of output load.
65536 to 65543 The day value (Mon to Sun) 16777216 Enable the setting. 256 to 316 The hour value of ON time 16777215 Disable the setting. 0 to 60 The minute value of ON time
Values in the range 0 to 0 may be set.
@ -248,6 +270,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_86_4``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 87: Set appointment 2
Set the OFF time of output load
256 to 316 The hour value of ON time 65536 to 65543 The day value (Mon to Sun) 16777215 Disable the setting. 0 to 60 The minute value of ON time 16777216 Enable the setting.
Values in the range 0 to 8327680 may be set.
@ -258,6 +281,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_87_4``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 90: Enables/disables parameter 91 and 92
Enables/disables parameter 91 and 92
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -273,6 +297,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_90_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 91: Set the threshold value of wattage
Threshold change in wattage (in terms of wattage) to induce an automatic report
Values in the range 0 to 60000 may be set.
@ -283,6 +308,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_91_2``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 92: Set the threshold value of wattage
Threshold percentage change in wattage for an automatic report
Values in the range 0 to 100 may be set.
@ -293,6 +319,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_92_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 100: Set parameter 101-103 to default value
Reset the parameter 101-103
Values in the range 0 to 0 may be set.
@ -304,6 +331,7 @@ This is a write only parameter.
### Parameter 100: Set parameter 101-103 to default value
Reset the parameter 101-103
Values in the range 0 to 0 may be set.
@ -315,6 +343,7 @@ This is a write only parameter.
### Parameter 101: Set group 1 reports
To set which reports need to be sent in Report group 1.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -332,6 +361,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_101_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 102: Set group 2 reports
To set which reports need to be sent in Report group 2.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -349,6 +379,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_102_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 103: Set group 3 reports
To set which reports need to be sent in Report group 3.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -366,6 +397,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_103_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 110: Reset the parameter 111-113
Set parameter 111-113 to default value.
Values in the range 0 to 0 may be set.
@ -376,6 +408,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_110_1``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 111: Interval for automatic report group 1.
Set the interval of automatic report for Report group 1.
Values in the range 1 to 2147483647 may be set.
@ -386,6 +419,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_111_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 112: Interval for automatic report group 2
Set the interval of automatic report for Report group 2.
Values in the range 1 to 2147483647 may be set.
@ -396,6 +430,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_112_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 113: Interval for automatic group 3 report
Set the interval of automatic report for Report group 3
Values in the range 1 to 2147483647 may be set.
@ -406,6 +441,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_113_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 120: External switch mode for S1
Configure the external switch mode for S1
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -423,6 +459,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_120_1``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 121: External switch mode for S2
Configure the external switch mode for S2
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -440,6 +477,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_121_1``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 122: Control destination of external switch
Set the control destination for external switch
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -456,6 +494,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_122_1``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 252: Lock/unlock configuration parameters
Lock/unlock configuration parameters
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -473,6 +512,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_252_1``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 255: Reset the Nano Switch
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -486,20 +526,24 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_255_4``` and is of type ```INT
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The ZW116 supports 3 association groups.
### Group 1: Z-Wave Plus Lifeline
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 2: Forward Group 2
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 3: Send Basic Set to Group 3
This group supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information

16
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon/zw117_0_0.md
View File

@ -10,7 +10,9 @@ This describes the Z-Wave device *ZW117*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the t
# Overview
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW117
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -20,17 +22,21 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW117
| Color Temperature | color_temperature | ColorLight | Dimmer |
### Dimmer
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
### Color Control
The ```color_color``` channel supports the ```Color``` item.
### Color Temperature
The ```color_temperature``` channel supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```ColorLight``` category.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 7 configuration parameters available in the ZW117.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
@ -45,6 +51,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| 255 | Reset configuration | Reset all configuration parameters to factory default settings |
### Parameter 33: RGB value
Set the RGB value of the LED for the quality test of the LED diode.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -62,6 +69,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_33_3_00000021``` and is of typ
### Parameter 82: Default status of the LED
Set the default status of the LED when the Range Extender relays Z-Wave message.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -79,6 +87,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_82_1_00000052``` and is of typ
### Parameter 200: Partner ID
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -94,6 +103,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_200_1_000000C8``` and is of ty
### Parameter 252: Enable/disable the Configuration to be locked
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -109,6 +119,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_252_1_000000FC``` and is of ty
### Parameter 254: Device Tag.
Values in the range 0 to 0 may be set.
The manufacturer defined default value is 0.
@ -117,6 +128,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_254_2_000000FE``` and is of ty
### Parameter 255: Reset to factory default
Reset to factory default settings and removed from the z-wave network
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -132,6 +144,7 @@ This is a write only parameter.
### Parameter 255: Reset configuration
Reset all configuration parameters to factory default settings
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -147,15 +160,18 @@ This is a write only parameter.
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The ZW117 supports 2 association groups.
### Group 1: Group 1
Lifeline
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 2: Group 2
Retransmit
This group supports 5 nodes.

29
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon/zw120_0_0.md
View File

@ -11,36 +11,43 @@ This describes the Z-Wave device *ZW120*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the t
The device is in the category of Sensor, defining Device used to measure something.
# Overview
Aeon Labs Door/ Window Sensor Gen5 is a smart Z-Wave sensor that can detect the status of door/window's open/close in real time. It’s a security Z-Wave device that supports security encryption. It can be included and operated in any Z-Wave network with other Z-Wave certified devices from manufacturers and/or other applications.
## Inclusion Information
To include your Sensor as a non-security device in your Z-wave network, turn the primary controller into inclusion mode, then press the Action Button once on Door Window Sensor. To include your Sensor as a secure device, turn the primary controller into inclusion mode, then press the Sensor’s Action Button 2 times within 1 second
## Exclusion Information
To exclude your sensor from the z-wave network, turn the primary controller into exclusion mode, then press the Action Button once on Door Window Sensor.
## Wakeup Information
Remove your Sensor unit from its Back Mounting Plate, press the Action Button on the back of the Sensor unit and then release the Action Button. This will trigger and send a wake up notification command to your controller/gateway.
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW120
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|----------|-----------|
| Binary Sensor | sensor_binary | Door | Switch |
| Door Sensor | sensor_door | Door | Contact |
| Alarm (general) | alarm_general | Door | Switch |
### Binary Sensor
The ```sensor_binary``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Door Sensor
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
The ```sensor_door``` channel supports the ```Contact``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Contact``` item type -:
| Value | Label |
|-------|-----------|
| ON | Triggered |
| OFF | Untriggered |
| OPEN | Open |
| CLOSED | Closed |
### Alarm (general)
The ```alarm_general``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -53,6 +60,7 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 7 configuration parameters available in the ZW120.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
@ -67,6 +75,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| 255 | Reset To Factory Defaults. | |
### Parameter 1: Magnet ON/OFF
Value sent when the Magnet is triggered On/Off.
Which value of the Sensor Binary Report or Basic Set will be sent when the Magnet is triggered On/Off.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -82,6 +91,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_1_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 2: Enable wake up 10 minutes when re-power on the sensor
Default setting: Disable
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -97,6 +107,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_2_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 3: Basic Set Report
Which value of the Basic Set will be sent when the door is Opened/Closed
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -112,6 +123,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 39: Set the low battery value.
10% to 50%
Values in the range 10 to 50 may be set.
@ -122,6 +134,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_39_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 111: Set the interval time of low battery checking.
Minimum interval is 4 minutes, Range is 0 to 2147483647
Values in the range 0 to 2147483647 may be set.
@ -132,6 +145,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_111_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 121: Report type
Sensor report sent when triggered Opened/Closed
To configure which sensor report will be sent when the Sensor is triggered Opened/Closed. Bitsets: 0->Battery report, 4->Sensor Binary, 8->Basic Set, Default setting: 0x00000100 (Basic Set).Ideal Setting for OZW is 17 (Sensor Binary and Battery Report).
Values in the range 0 to 65535 may be set.
@ -144,6 +158,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_121_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 255: Reset To Factory Defaults.
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -158,12 +173,14 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_255_4``` and is of type ```INT
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The ZW120 supports 1 association group.
### Group 1: Group 1
This group supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information

25
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon/zw121_0_0.md
View File

@ -11,21 +11,25 @@ This describes the Z-Wave device *ZW121*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the t
The device is in the category of Light Bulb, defining Devices that illuminate something, such as bulbs, etc..
# Overview
Aeotec LED Strip has been crafted to power connected lighting using Z-Wave Plus. It is powered by Aeotec’s Gen5 technology. The LED Strip is a multi-colored LED Strip which allows control (on/off/dim/color change) via Z-Wave commands.
Note that configuration parameters 37 and 39 only apply when the strip is in color transition mode. Color transition mode is entered when a change to parameter 37 or 39 is submitted. Color transition mode is exited when a change to any of the channels is submitted.
## Inclusion Information
1. Set your Z-Wave controller into pairing mode.
2. Press the Action Button located on the back of the LED Strip's white controller box once (The network LED will blink green as an indication it is pairing insecurely, please refer to section "Enabling Security Encryption" in the Advanced Function section of the manual to pair it securely).
3. If the LED Strip has been successfully added to your Z-Wave network, its Network LED will become solid. If the pairing was unsuccessful, the red LED will be on for 2 seconds and then remain a colorful gradient, repeat the instructions above from step 1.
## Exclusion Information
1. Set your Z-Wave controller into device removal mode.
2. Press the Action Button located on the back of the LED Strip's white controller box once.
3. If the LED Strip has been successfully removed from your Z-Wave network, its Network LED will remain colorful gradient. If the removal was unsuccessful, the Network LED will still be solid, repeat the instructions above from step 1.
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW121
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -37,23 +41,29 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW121
| Configuration Parameter 37 | meter_current | Energy | Number |
### Dimmer
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
### Scene Number
The ```scene_number``` channel supports the ```Number``` item.
### Color Control
The ```color_color``` channel supports the ```Color``` item.
### Color Temperature
The ```color_temperature``` channel supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```ColorLight``` category.
### Configuration Parameter 37
The ```meter_current``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 12 configuration parameters available in the ZW121.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
@ -73,6 +83,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| 80 | Notifications for Association Group 1 | Send notifications about strip state changes to association group 1 |
### Parameter 37: Color Change Speed Level
Applies only when the Color Transition Style is set to Fade Out/In
Value 0 means constant speed. Value 1-30 sets the speed to accelerate/decelerate.
The following option values may be configured, in addition to values in the range 0 to 30 -:
@ -87,6 +98,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_37_4_0000001F``` and is of typ
### Parameter 37: Time Base of Color Change Speed
Applies only when the Color Transition Style is set to Fade Out/In
Amount of time spent to transition between colors.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -103,6 +115,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_37_4_000000E0``` and is of typ
### Parameter 37: Cycle Count
Defines the number of repetitions of the color transition cycle
When the end is reached the strip turns off.
Values in the range 0 to 254 may be set.
@ -113,6 +126,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_37_4_0000FF00``` and is of typ
### Parameter 37: Brightness
Brightness when in color transition mode
Note that this setting only affects the brightness when in color transition mode. Use the "Brightness" channel to set the brightness outside of color transition mode.
Values in the range 1 to 99 may be set.
@ -123,6 +137,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_37_4_00FF0000``` and is of typ
### Parameter 37: Color Display Cycle
Defines the mode for determining colors used in color transitions
Note that "Single Color Mode" does not select a constant single color (as the "Color Control" channel does), but instead cycles through a single color.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -141,6 +156,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_37_4_07000000``` and is of typ
### Parameter 37: Color Change Speed Option
Applies only when the Color Transition Style is set to Fade Out/In
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -157,6 +173,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_37_4_38000000``` and is of typ
### Parameter 37: Color Transition Style
Defines how the strip transitions between colors
Note that "Smooth Color Transition" will lead to invisible transitions when "Color Display Cycle" is set to "Single Color Mode".
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -172,6 +189,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_37_4_40000000``` and is of typ
### Parameter 39: Multi Color, Single Color or Random Mode - Byte 4
todo
Values in the range 0 to 5 may be set.
@ -182,6 +200,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_39_4_000000FF``` and is of typ
### Parameter 39: Multi Color, Single Color, or Random Mode - Byte 3
todo
Values in the range 0 to 5 may be set.
@ -192,6 +211,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_39_4_0000FF00``` and is of typ
### Parameter 39: Multi Color, Single Color, or Random Mode - Byte 2
todo
Values in the range 0 to 0 may be set.
@ -202,6 +222,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_39_4_00FF0000``` and is of typ
### Parameter 39: Multi Color, Single Color, or Random Mode - Byte 1
todo
Values in the range 0 to 5 may be set.
@ -212,6 +233,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_39_4_7F000000``` and is of typ
### Parameter 80: Notifications for Association Group 1
Send notifications about strip state changes to association group 1
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -228,15 +250,18 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_80_1``` and is of type ```INTE
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The ZW121 supports 2 association groups.
### Group 1: Lifeline
Notification group for strip state changes
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 2: Retransmit
Retransmit commands to associated nodes
This group supports 5 nodes.

18
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon/zw122_0_0.md
View File

@ -12,7 +12,9 @@ The device is in the category of Sensor, defining Device used to measure somethi
# Overview
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW122
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -25,9 +27,11 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW122
| Alarm (flood) 2 | alarm_flood2 | Door | Switch |
### Sensor (temperature)
The ```sensor_temperature``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Temperature``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Alarm (burglar)
The ```alarm_burglar``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -38,6 +42,7 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
| ON | Alarm |
### Alarm (heat)
The ```alarm_heat``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -48,6 +53,7 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
| ON | Alarm |
### Alarm (flood)
The ```alarm_flood``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -58,6 +64,7 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
| ON | Alarm |
### Alarm (flood) 1
The ```alarm_flood1``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -68,6 +75,7 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
| ON | Alarm |
### Alarm (flood) 2
The ```alarm_flood2``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -80,31 +88,33 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 0 configuration parameter available in the ZW122.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| Param | Name | Description |
|-------|-------|-------------|
The device has no configuration parameters configugured.
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The ZW122 supports 4 association groups.
### Group 1: Lifeline
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 2: Sensor Status
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 3: Sensor 1 Alarm
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 4: Sensor 2 Alarm
This group supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information

28
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon/zw129_0_0.md
View File

@ -12,7 +12,9 @@ The device is in the category of Wall Switch, defining Any device attached to th
# Overview
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW129
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -21,22 +23,32 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW129
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
| Electric meter (watts) | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (kWh) | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
| Scene Number | scene_number | | Number |
### Switch
The ```switch_binary``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Dimmer
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
### Electric meter (watts)
The ```meter_watts``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (kWh)
The ```meter_kwh``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Scene Number
The ```scene_number``` channel supports the ```Number``` item.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 6 configuration parameters available in the ZW129.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
@ -50,6 +62,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| 255 | Reset the WallMote Quad | Reset the WallMote Quad to factory default. |
### Parameter 1: Touch sound
Enable/disable the touch sound.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -65,6 +78,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_1_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 2: Touch vibration
Enable/disable the touch vibration.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -80,6 +94,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_2_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 3: Button slide
Enable/disable the function of button slide.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -95,6 +110,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 4: Notification report
Which notification to be sent to the associated devices.
To set which notification would be sent to the associated devices (Group 1) when pressing the buttons. When the parameter is set to 3, slide functionality on the buttons is activated.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -110,6 +126,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_4_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 39: Low battery value
Set the low battery value
Values in the range 0 to 50 may be set.
@ -120,6 +137,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_39_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 255: Reset the WallMote Quad
Reset the WallMote Quad to factory default.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -136,27 +154,33 @@ This is a write only parameter.
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The ZW129 supports 5 association groups.
### Group 1: Z-Wave Plus Lifeline
Central Scene Notification
### Group 1: Lifeline
Z-Wave Plus Lifeline
This group supports 1 nodes.
### Group 2: Button 1 basic
On/off control via button 1
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 3: Button 1 multilevel
Dim control via button 1
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 4: Button 2 basic
On/off control via button 2
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 5: Button 2 multilevel
Dim control via button 2
This group supports 5 nodes.

28
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon/zw130_0_0.md
View File

@ -11,9 +11,11 @@ This describes the Z-Wave device *ZW130*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the t
The device is in the category of Wall Switch, defining Any device attached to the wall that controls a binary status of something, for ex. a light switch.
# Overview
Aeotec WallMote Quad is an intelligent Z-Wave remote controller that mounted on a wall. It has 4 touch buttons that you can easily control the Z-Wave devices in your home network via touching, long pressing or sliding the button areas. Its surface has a RGB LED to indicate the button actions also accompanied by touch beep and vibration. The WallMote Quad is also a security Z-Wave device and supports Over The Air (OTA) feature for the products firmware upgrade.
## Inclusion Information
**Including WallMote Quad as a non-secure device:**
If you want your WallMote Quad as a non-security device in your Z-wave network, you just need to press the Action Button once on WallMote Quad when you use a controller/gateway to add/include it. The green LED will be on for 2 seconds and then the orange LED will fast blink for 10 minutes (if the WallMote Quad does not receive the Wake Up No More Info command from primary Controller) to indicate the inclusion is successful
@ -23,6 +25,7 @@ If you want your WallMote Quad as a non-security device in your Z-wave network,
In order to take full advantage of all functionality the WallMote Quad, you may want your WallMote Quad is a security device that uses secure/encrypted message to communicate in Z-wave network, so a security enabled controller/gateway is needed for the WallMote Quad to be used as a security device. You need to press the WallMote Quad’s Action Button 2 times within 1 second when your security controller/gateway starts the network inclusion. The blue LED will be on for 2 seconds and then the orange LED will fast blink for 10 minutes (if the WallMote Quad does not receive the Wake Up No More Info command from primary Controller) to indicate the inclusion is successful.
## Exclusion Information
Your WallMote Quad can be removed from your Z-Wave network at any time. You'll need to use your Z-Wave network's main controller/ gateway. To do this, please refer to the part of their respective manuals that tell you how to remove devices from your network.
1. Put your primary controller into device removal mode.
@ -32,11 +35,13 @@ Your WallMote Quad can be removed from your Z-Wave network at any time. You'll n
If your WallMote Quad is successfully removed from the Z-Wave network, the LED will become a colourful gradient for a few seconds and then turn off. If the removing was unsuccessful, the red LED will be solid for 2 seconds and then turn off, repeat the above steps.
## Wakeup Information
In order to send your WallMote Quad new configuration commands from your Z-Wave controller or gateway, it will need to be woken up.
Remove your WallMote Quad unit from its Back Mounting Plate, press and hold the Action Button for 3 seconds(the buzzer chirp once and the orange LED will be ON) on the back of the WallMote Quad unit and then release it. This will trigger and send a wake up notification command to your controller/gateway, then your WallMote Quad will wake up for 10 minutes and the orange LED will fast blink while it is awake (if the WallMote Quad does not receive the Wake Up No More Info from the primary Controller).
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW130
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -49,9 +54,11 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW130
| Scene Number 4 | scene_number4 | | Number |
### Scene Number
The ```scene_number``` channel supports the ```Number``` item.
### Alarm (power)
The ```alarm_power``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -62,20 +69,25 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
| ON | Alarm |
### Scene Number 1
The ```scene_number1``` channel supports the ```Number``` item.
### Scene Number 2
The ```scene_number2``` channel supports the ```Number``` item.
### Scene Number 3
The ```scene_number3``` channel supports the ```Number``` item.
### Scene Number 4
The ```scene_number4``` channel supports the ```Number``` item.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 6 configuration parameters available in the ZW130.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
@ -89,6 +101,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| 255 | Reset the WallMote Quad | Reset the WallMote Quad to factory default. |
### Parameter 1: Touch sound
Enable/disable the touch sound.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -104,6 +117,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_1_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 2: Touch vibration
Enable/disable the touch vibration.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -119,6 +133,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_2_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 3: Button slide
Enable/disable the function of button slide.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -134,6 +149,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 4: Notification report
Which notification to be sent to the associated devices.
To set which notification would be sent to the associated devices (Group 1) when pressing the buttons. When the parameter is set to 3, slide functionality on the buttons is activated.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -149,6 +165,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_4_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 39: Low battery value
Set the low battery value
Values in the range 0 to 50 may be set.
@ -159,6 +176,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_39_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 255: Reset the WallMote Quad
Reset the WallMote Quad to factory default.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -175,43 +193,53 @@ This is a write only parameter.
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The ZW130 supports 9 association groups.
### Group 1: Lifeline
Central Scene Notification
This group supports 1 nodes.
### Group 2: Button 1 basic
On/off control via button 1
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 3: Button 1 multilevel
Dim control via button 1
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 4: Button 2 basic
On/off control via button 2
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 5: Button 2 multilevel
Dim control via button 2
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 6: Button 3 basic
On/off control via button 3
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 7: Button 3 multilevel
Dim control via button 3
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 8: Button 4 basic
On/off control via button 4
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 9: Button 4 multilevel
Dim control via button 4
This group supports 5 nodes.

51
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon/zw132_0_0.md
View File

@ -12,7 +12,9 @@ The device is in the category of Wall Switch, defining Any device attached to th
# Overview
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW132
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -40,24 +42,31 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW132
| Electric meter (volts) 2 | meter_voltage2 | Energy | Number |
### Switch
The ```switch_binary``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Scene Number
The ```scene_number``` channel supports the ```Number``` item.
### Electric meter (kWh)
The ```meter_kwh``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (watts)
The ```meter_watts``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (amps)
The ```meter_current``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (volts)
The ```meter_voltage``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Alarm (power)
The ```alarm_power``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -68,6 +77,7 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
| ON | Alarm |
### Alarm (heat)
The ```alarm_heat``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -78,47 +88,61 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
| ON | Alarm |
### Clock Time Offset
The ```time_offset``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Temperature``` category.
### Switch 1
The ```switch_binary1``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Remove
The ```switch_binary1``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Electric meter (kWh) 1
The ```meter_kwh1``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (watts) 1
The ```meter_watts1``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (amps) 1
The ```meter_current1``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (volts) 1
The ```meter_voltage1``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Switch 2
The ```switch_binary2``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Remove
The ```switch_binary2``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Electric meter (kWh) 2
The ```meter_kwh2``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (watts) 2
The ```meter_watts2``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (amps) 2
The ```meter_current2``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (volts) 2
The ```meter_voltage2``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 22 configuration parameters available in the ZW132.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
@ -148,6 +172,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| 255 | Reset the Dual Nano Switch | Reset the Dual Nano Switch |
### Parameter 3: Current Overload Protection.
Current Overload Protection.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -163,6 +188,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 4: Overheat protection
Overheat protection
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -178,6 +204,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_4_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 20: Configure the output status after re-power on it.
Configure the output status after re-power on it.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -194,6 +221,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_20_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 80: Group 1 notifications
To set which notification would be sent to the associated devices (Group 1)
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -211,6 +239,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_80_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 81: Group 3 notifications
To set which notification would be sent to association group 3
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -226,6 +255,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_81_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 82: Group 4 notifications
To set which notification would be sent to association group 4
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -241,6 +271,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_82_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 90: Enables/disables parameter 91 and 92 below:
Enables/disables parameter 91 and 92 below:
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -256,6 +287,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_90_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 91: Set the threshold value of wattage.
Set the threshold value of wattage.
Values in the range 0 to 60000 may be set.
@ -266,6 +298,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_91_2``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 92: Set the threshold value of wattage.
Set the threshold value of wattage.
Values in the range 0 to 100 may be set.
@ -276,6 +309,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_92_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 100: Set parameter 101-103 to default value
Reset the parameter 101-103
Values in the range 0 to 0 may be set.
@ -287,6 +321,7 @@ This is a write only parameter.
### Parameter 101: Set group 1 reports
To set which reports need to be sent in Report group 1
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -312,6 +347,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_101_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 102: To set which reports need to be sent in Report group 2.
To set which reports need to be sent in Report group 2.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -337,6 +373,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_102_1``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 103: To set which reports need to be sent in Report group 3
To set which reports need to be sent in Report group 3.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -362,6 +399,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_103_1``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 110: Set parameter 111-113 to default value.
Set parameter 111-113 to default value.
Values in the range 0 to 0 may be set.
@ -373,6 +411,7 @@ This is a write only parameter.
### Parameter 111: Set the interval of automatic report for Report group 1.
Set the interval of automatic report for Report group 1.
Values in the range 1 to 2147483647 may be set.
@ -383,6 +422,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_111_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 112: Set the interval of automatic report for Report group 2
Set the interval of automatic report for Report group 2.
Values in the range 1 to 2147483647 may be set.
@ -393,6 +433,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_112_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 113: Set the interval of automatic report for Report group 2.
Set the interval of automatic report for Report group 2.
Values in the range 1 to 2147483647 may be set.
@ -403,6 +444,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_113_4``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 120: Configure the external switch mode for S1
Configure the external switch mode for S1
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -420,6 +462,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_120_1``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 121: Configure the external switch mode for S2.
Configure the external switch mode for S2.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -437,6 +480,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_121_1``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 122: Set the control destination for external switch
Set the control destination for external switch
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -453,6 +497,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_122_1``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 252: Lock/unlock configuration parameters
Lock/unlock configuration parameters
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -468,6 +513,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_252_1``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 255: Reset the Dual Nano Switch
Reset the Dual Nano Switch
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -482,23 +528,28 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_255_4``` and is of type ```INT
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The ZW132 supports 4 association groups.
### Group 1: Lifeline
When the load state of Dual Nano Switch (turn on/off the load) is changed, the Hail CC and Basic Report (configured by parameter 80) can be sent to the associated nodes in this group.
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 2: Forward the Basic Set
Switch All, Scene Activation Set to associated nodes in Group 2 when the Dual Nano Switch receives the Basic Set, Switch All, Scene Activation Set commands from main controller. (E.g. Send/forward Basic Set to control the other nodes in association Group
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 3: Send Basic Set
(configured by parameter 0x51 ) to the associated nodes in Group 3 when the external switch S1 is operated. Note: The Switch Mode of external switch S1 should be identified successfully, which means that the value of Configuration parameter 0x78 should be
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 4: Send Basic Set
Send Basic Set (configured by parameter 0x52) to the associated nodes in Group 4 when the external switch S2 is operated. Note: The Switch Mode of external switch S2 should be identified successfully, which means that the value of Configuration parameter
This group supports 5 nodes.

26
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon/zw139_0_0.md
View File

@ -9,9 +9,11 @@ title: ZW139 - ZWave
This describes the Z-Wave device *ZW139*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the thing type UID of ```aeon_zw139_00_000```.
# Overview
Once installed behind a switch or socket, Nano Switch offers unparalleled wireless control via Z-Wave Plus. It lets you control, automate, and monitor
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW139
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -22,12 +24,15 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW139
| Clock Time Offset | time_offset | Temperature | Number |
### Switch
The ```switch_binary``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Scene Number
The ```scene_number``` channel supports the ```Number``` item.
### Alarm (heat)
The ```alarm_heat``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -38,11 +43,13 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
| ON | Alarm |
### Clock Time Offset
The ```time_offset``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Temperature``` category.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 14 configuration parameters available in the ZW139.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
@ -64,6 +71,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| 255 | Reset the Nano Switch | |
### Parameter 4: Overheat protection
Overheat protection
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -79,6 +87,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_4_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 20: Output status after re-power
Configure the output status after re-power on it
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -95,6 +104,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_20_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 80: Group 1 notifications
Group 1 notifications when the state of Nano Switch's load is changed
To set which notification would be sent to the associated devices (Group 1) when the state of Nano Switch's load is changed.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -112,6 +122,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_80_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 81: Group 3 notifications
Notification to sent for Group 3 when using the external switch 1
To set which notification would be sent to the associated nodes in association Group 3 when using the external switch 1 to switch the loads.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -127,6 +138,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_81_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 82: Group 4 notifications
Notification to sent for Group 4 when using the external switch 2
To set which notification would be sent to the associated nodes in association Group 4 when using the external switch 2 to switch the loads.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -142,6 +154,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_82_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 83: Configure the state of LED
Configure the state of LED when it is in 3 modes
Configure the state of LED when it is in 3 modes (Energy mode, Momentary indicate mode, Night light mode)
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -158,6 +171,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_83_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 84: Night light mode LED state
Set the ON/OFF time of the LED when it is in Night light mode
0 to 60 The minute time of OFF 256 to 316 The hour time of OFF 65536 to 65596 The minute time of ON 16777216 to 16777276 The hour time of ON
Values in the range 0 to 16777276 may be set.
@ -168,6 +182,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_84_4``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 86: Set appointment 1
Set the ON time of output load.
65536 to 65543 The day value (Mon to Sun) 16777216 Enable the setting. 256 to 316 The hour value of ON time 16777215 Disable the setting. 0 to 60 The minute value of ON time
Values in the range 0 to 0 may be set.
@ -178,6 +193,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_86_4``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 87: Set appointment 2
Set the OFF time of output load
256 to 316 The hour value of ON time 65536 to 65543 The day value (Mon to Sun) 16777215 Disable the setting. 0 to 60 The minute value of ON time 16777216 Enable the setting.
Values in the range 0 to 16777216 may be set.
@ -188,6 +204,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_87_4``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 120: External switch mode for S1
Configure the external switch mode for S1
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -205,6 +222,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_120_1``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 121: External switch mode for S2
Configure the external switch mode for S2
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -222,6 +240,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_121_1``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 122: Control destination of external switch
Set the control destination for external switch
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -238,6 +257,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_122_1``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 252: Lock/unlock configuration parameters
Lock/unlock configuration parameters
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -255,6 +275,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_252_1``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 255: Reset the Nano Switch
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -268,24 +289,29 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_255_4``` and is of type ```INT
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The ZW139 supports 4 association groups.
### Group 1: Z-Wave Plus Lifeline
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 2: Forward Group 2
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 3: Send Basic Set to Group 3
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 4: Send Basic Set to Group 4
This group supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information

28
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon/zw140_0_0.md
View File

@ -11,12 +11,14 @@ This describes the Z-Wave device *ZW140*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the t
The device is in the category of Wall Switch, defining Any device attached to the wall that controls a binary status of something, for ex. a light switch.
# Overview
Aeotec Dual Nano Switch is a Z-Wave Smart Switch specifically used to enable Z-Wave command and control (on/off) of any wall switches.
In the event of power failure, non-volatile memory retains all programmed information relating to the unit’s operating status.
It can connect to 2 external manual switches to control the load ON/OFF independently. Its surface has a pin socket, which can be used for connecting to the touch panel, so you can also use the touch panel to control the Dual Nano Switch.
The Dual Nano Switch is also a security Z-Wave device and supports Over The Air (OTA) feature for the products firmware upgrade.
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW140
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -29,12 +31,15 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW140
| Switch 2 | switch_binary2 | Switch | Switch |
### Switch
The ```switch_binary``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Scene Number
The ```scene_number``` channel supports the ```Number``` item.
### Alarm (heat)
The ```alarm_heat``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -45,17 +50,21 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
| ON | Alarm |
### Clock Time Offset
The ```time_offset``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Temperature``` category.
### Switch 1
The ```switch_binary1``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Switch 2
The ```switch_binary2``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 14 configuration parameters available in the ZW140.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
@ -77,6 +86,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| 255 | Reset the Dual Nano Switch | Reset the Dual Nano Switch |
### Parameter 4: Overheat protection.
Overheat protection.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -92,6 +102,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_4_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 20: Configure the output status after re-power on it.
Configure the output status after re-power on it.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -108,6 +119,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_20_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 80: Group 1 notifications
To set which notification would be sent to the associated devices (Group 1)
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -125,6 +137,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_80_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 81: Group 3 notifications
Group 3 notifications
To set which notification would be sent to the associated nodes in association group 3
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -140,6 +153,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_81_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 82: Group 4 notifications
Group 4 notifications
To set which notification would be sent to the associated nodes in association group 4
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -155,6 +169,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_82_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 83: Configure the state of LED when it is in 3 modes
Configure the state of LED when it is in 3 modes
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -171,6 +186,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_83_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 84: ON/OFF time in Night light mode.
Set the ON/OFF time of the LED when it is in Night light mode.
0 to 60 The minute time of OFF 256 to 316 The hour time of OFF 65536 to 65596 The minute time of ON 16777216 to 16777276 The hour time of ONThis is an advanced parameter and will therefore not show in the user interface without entering advanced mode.
Values in the range 0 to 16777276 may be set.
@ -181,6 +197,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_84_4``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 86: Set appointment 1
Set appointment 1
256 to 316 The hour value of ON time 16777215 Disable the setting. 0 to 60 The minute value of ON time 65536 to 65543 The day value (Mon to Sun) 16777216 Enable the setting.This is an advanced parameter and will therefore not show in the user interface without entering advanced mode.
Values in the range 0 to 16777216 may be set.
@ -191,6 +208,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_86_4``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 87: Set appointment 2
Set appointment 2
256 to 316 The hour value of ON time 65536 to 65543 The day value (Mon to Sun) 16777215 Disable the setting. 0 to 60 The minute value of ON time 16777216 Enable the setting.This is an advanced parameter and will therefore not show in the user interface without entering advanced mode.
Values in the range 0 to 16777216 may be set.
@ -201,6 +219,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_87_4``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 120: Configure the external switch mode for S1
Configure the external switch mode for S1
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -218,6 +237,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_120_1``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 121: Configure the external switch mode for S2.
Configure the external switch mode for S2.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -235,6 +255,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_121_1``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 122: Set the control destination for external switch
Set the control destination for external switch
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -251,6 +272,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_122_1``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 252: Lock/unlock configuration parameters
Lock/unlock configuration parameters
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -266,6 +288,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_252_1``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 255: Reset the Dual Nano Switch
Reset the Dual Nano Switch
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -281,23 +304,28 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_255_4``` and is of type ```INT
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The ZW140 supports 4 association groups.
### Group 1: Lifeline
Z-Wave Plus Lifeline. When the load state of Dual Nano Switch (turn on/off the load) is changed, the Hail CC and Basic Report (configured by parameter 80) can be sent to the associated nodes in this group.
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 2: Forward the Basic Set
Forward the Basic Set, Switch All, Scene Activation Set to associated nodes in Group 2 when the Dual Nano Switch receives the Basic Set, Switch All, Scene Activation Set commands from main controller. (E.g. Send/forward Basic Set to control the other node
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 3: Send Basic Set (configured by parameter 0x51 )
Send Basic Set (configured by parameter 0x51 ) to the associated nodes in Group 3 when the external switch S1 is operated. Note: The Switch Mode of external switch S1 should be identified successfully, which means that the value of Configuration parameter
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 4: Send Basic Set (configured by parameter 0x52)
Send Basic Set (configured by parameter 0x52) to the associated nodes in Group 4 when the external switch S2 is operated. Note: The Switch Mode of external switch S2 should be identified successfully, which means that the value of Configuration parameter
This group supports 5 nodes.

12
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/amc/zdsud10_0_0.md
View File

@ -10,7 +10,9 @@ This describes the Z-Wave device *ZDS-UD10*, manufactured by *Airline Mechanical
# Overview
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZDS-UD10
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -18,22 +20,20 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the ZDS-UD10
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
### Dimmer
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 0 configuration parameter available in the ZDS-UD10.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| Param | Name | Description |
|-------|-------|-------------|
The device has no configuration parameters configugured.
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The ZDS-UD10 supports 0 association group.
The device does not support associations.
## Technical Information
### Endpoints

15
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/august/asl03_0_0.md
View File

@ -11,20 +11,25 @@ This describes the Z-Wave device *ASL-03*, manufactured by *August Smart Locks*
The device is in the category of Lock, defining Devices whose primary pupose is locking something.
# Overview
Give your customer total control over their front door, from anywhere. The August Smart Lock Pro is the leading Z-Wave Plus retrofit smart lock. You can lock and unlock your door, create virtual keys for guests, and keep track of who comes and goes with a 24/7 activity log, all from your iOS or Android smartphone. The August Smart Lock Pro features Z-Wave Plus and BLE and it is the only lock to support the three leading voice-assistants, Siri, Google Assistant, and Amazon Alexa. The lock quickly installs on the inside of your door with just a screwdriver. Keep your exterior door hardware exactly as it is and use your traditional key any time.
## Inclusion Information
In order to include the August Smart Lock on to a Z-Wave network the user will have to do the following:
1. Open the August app 2. Go to the Lock Settings screen 3. Select Z-Wave Settings 4. Select Add To A Z-Wave Network 5. Put the controller into inclusion mode and select My Hub is in Inclusion Mode on the August app
## Exclusion Information
In order to exclude the August Smart Lock from a Z-Wave network the user will have to do the following:
1. Open the August app 2. Go to the Lock Settings screen 3. Select Z-Wave Settings 4. Select Remove Z-Wave Device 5. Put the controller into exclusion mode and select My Hub is in Exlusion Mode on the August app
## Wakeup Information
Any operation (manual, RF, etc.) will wake up the lock.
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ASL-03
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -33,6 +38,7 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the ASL-03
| Alarm (access) | alarm_entry | Door | Switch |
### Door Lock
The ```sensor_door``` channel supports the ```Contact``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Contact``` item type -:
@ -43,6 +49,7 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Contact``
| CLOSED | Closed |
### Alarm (access)
The ```alarm_entry``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -55,22 +62,22 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 0 configuration parameter available in the ASL-03.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| Param | Name | Description |
|-------|-------|-------------|
The device has no configuration parameters configugured.
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The ASL-03 supports 2 association groups.
### Group 1: Lifeline
battery status, door lock operation status, and device reset locally
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 2: Report 2
Door lock operation status
This group supports 5 nodes.

11
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/benetek/bsl01_0_0.md
View File

@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ This describes the Z-Wave device *BSL01*, manufactured by *Benetek* with the thi
The device is in the category of Lock, defining Devices whose primary pupose is locking something.
# Overview
BENETEK smart lock is night lock style with dead bolt, remote, key, RF card, keypad, Z-Wave.
Material: The lock was made of zinc alloy. The lock shell is 4mm thick. And the inside structure was made of metal. 304 stainless steel panel, the thickness of 1.5mm
@ -26,16 +27,19 @@ Features of the Latch: Lock Latch length > 25mm, Comply with GA/T73-94 5.16B sta
Smart Hidden Door Lock restores factory default automatically when the device is excluded. Please use this procedure only when the network primary controller is missing or otherwise inoperable.
## Inclusion Information
1. Ensure the SHDL is powered and the battery is fully charged.
2. Set the main controller into the Add device mode (see a main controller’s operating manual).
3. Triple click Z-Wave button on the Z-Wave module(inside lock body) within 1.5 seconds, the LED will flicker rapidly while inclusion process implement and light on 2 second after processing complete.
## Exclusion Information
1. Ensure the SHDL is powered and the battery is fully charged.
2. Set the main controller into the Remove device mode (see a main controller’s operating manual).
3. Triple click Z-Wave button on the Z-Wave module(inside lock body) within 1.5 seconds, the LED will flicker rapidly while exclusion process implement and light on 2 second after processing complete.
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the BSL01
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -43,11 +47,13 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the BSL01
| Door Lock | lock_door | Door | Switch |
### Door Lock
The ```lock_door``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 0 configuration parameter available in the BSL01.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
@ -55,24 +61,29 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
|-------|-------|-------------|
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The BSL01 supports 4 association groups.
### Group 1: Lifeline
This group supports 1 nodes.
### Group 2: Basic Set Off frame
This group supports 1 nodes.
### Group 3: Basic Set On frame
This group supports 1 nodes.
### Group 4: Basic Set Off frame
This group supports 1 nodes.
## Technical Information

20
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/benext/alarmsound_0_0.md
View File

@ -12,7 +12,9 @@ The device is in the category of Siren, defining Siren used by Alarm systems.
# Overview
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the Alarm Sound
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -21,9 +23,11 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the Alarm Sound
| Alarm | alarm_general | Door | Switch |
### Switch
The ```switch_binary``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Alarm
The ```alarm_general``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -36,6 +40,7 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 12 configuration parameters available in the Alarm Sound.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
@ -55,6 +60,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| 100 | sound/light index 6 | Sound/light that will be played when index 6 has been selected |
### Parameter 1: Set to Default
Set all configuration values to default values (factory settings)
If value is set to 255 reset to default settings.
Values in the range 1 to 255 may be set.
@ -65,6 +71,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_1_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 2: Destination routine on/off
Test connection by sending a periodic test. if the device doesn't react the user will be notified by a sound.
0 this is turned off. 1-255 turn it on.
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
@ -75,6 +82,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_2_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 3: Desitnation routine succes time
Time it takes to send a new frame after the last frame has succesfully send
t(s) = param1 \* 6 \*60
Values in the range 0 to 60 may be set.
@ -85,6 +93,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 4: Destination routine failed time
Time elapsed between failing to end a frame and sending a new frame.
t(s) = param1 \*60
Values in the range 0 to 240 may be set.
@ -95,6 +104,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_4_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 7: Select index sound/light mode
The index of the sound mode when a switch binary/basic set frame been received
0 to switch off, 1-6 to select light/sound mode.
@ -107,6 +117,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_7_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 8: power offline sound/light mode
The sound and light mode that will be used when the device gets unplugged.
0 to switch off, 1-6 to select light/sound mode.
@ -119,6 +130,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_8_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 10: sound/light index 1
Sound/light that will be played when index 1 has been selected
Params 10-27 are the values to set the sound/light (this will be set when index 1)
@ -133,6 +145,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_10_18``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 28: sound/light index 2
Sound/light that will be played when index 2 has been selected
Params 28-45 are the values to set the sound/light (this will be set when index 2)
@ -147,6 +160,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_28_18``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 46: sound/light index 3
Sound/light that will be played when index 3 has been selected
Params 45-63 are the values to set the sound/light (this will be set when index 3)
@ -161,6 +175,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_46_18``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 64: sound/light index 4
Sound/light that will be played when index 4 has been selected
Params 64-81 are the values to set the sound/light (this will be set when index 4)
@ -175,6 +190,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_64_18``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 82: sound/light index 5
Sound/light that will be played when index 5 has been selected
Params 82-99 are the values to set the sound/light (this will be set when index 5)
@ -189,6 +205,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_82_18``` and is of type ```INT
### Parameter 100: sound/light index 6
Sound/light that will be played when index 6 has been selected
Params 100-117 are the values to set the sound/light (this will be set when index 6)
@ -203,15 +220,18 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_100_18``` and is of type ```IN
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The Alarm Sound supports 2 association groups.
### Group 1: Association group 1
Changes the LED on the device
This group supports 1 nodes.
### Group 2: Association group 2
The alarm sound reports it status to the associated devices
This group supports 1 nodes.

23
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/benext/builtindimmer_0_0.md
View File

@ -10,7 +10,9 @@ This describes the Z-Wave device *builtInDimmer*, manufactured by *BeNext* with
# Overview
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the builtInDimmer
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -20,17 +22,21 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the builtInDimmer
| Electric meter (watts) | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
### Dimmer
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
### Electric meter (kWh)
The ```meter_kwh``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (watts)
The ```meter_watts``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 13 configuration parameters available in the builtInDimmer.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
@ -51,6 +57,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| 15 | Fading down speed | The speed of fading when activated (manual and RF). Fade speed is 1% per value (\* 10 ms) |
### Parameter 1: Reset to factory settings
Set all configuration values to default values (factory settings).
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
@ -61,6 +68,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_1_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 2: The way how the button reacts when press/released
The way how the button reacts when press/released
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -77,6 +85,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_2_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 3: The way the Built-in Dimmer reacts when light is turned on/off with button
The way the Built-in Dimmer reacts when light is turned on/off with button
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -92,6 +101,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 4: Enable dimming
This parameter is used to enable the dimming option of the product. When disabled the dimming and fading routine are disabled.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -107,6 +117,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_4_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 6: Maximum load
The maximum powerload in watts when light is turned on, when measured higher then this value the Inline Dimmer is automatically turned off.
Values in the range 0 to 65535 may be set.
@ -117,6 +128,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_6_2``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 7: Dimming speed
The speed of dimming when activated (manual and RF). Dim speed is 1% per value (\* 10 ms)
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
@ -127,6 +139,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_7_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 8: Fading up speed
The speed of fading when activated (manual and RF). Fade speed is 1% per value (\* 10 ms)
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
@ -137,6 +150,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_8_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 9: Toggle time
The time window to repress button to start dimming. Toggle time is value (\* 10ms)
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
@ -147,6 +161,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_9_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 11: Auto meter report: percentage
A percentage that an energy value must be different compared to a previous sent value before an unsolicited meter report is sent. Minimum value = 10% Maximum value = 100%
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
@ -157,6 +172,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_11_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 12: Auto meter report: watt
A watt value that an energy value must be different compared to a previous sent value before an unsolicited meter report is sent. Minimum value = 5 watt Maximum value = 255 watt
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
@ -167,6 +183,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_12_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 13: Auto meter report: time
A time value that has to be passed compared to a previous sent value before a unsolicited meter report is sent. Minimum value = 10 seconds Maximum value = 255 seconds
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
@ -177,6 +194,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_13_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 14: Last known status
What to do with lamp status when power applied. If 0x00: Always switch light off when power applied. If > 0x00: Switch lamp on/off depending on last known lampstatus before power was disconnected.
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
@ -187,6 +205,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_14_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 15: Fading down speed
The speed of fading when activated (manual and RF). Fade speed is 1% per value (\* 10 ms)
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
@ -197,20 +216,24 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_15_1``` and is of type ```INTE
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The builtInDimmer supports 3 association groups.
### Group 1: Group 1
This group supports 8 nodes.
### Group 2: Group 2
This group supports 1 nodes.
### Group 3: Group 3
This group supports 1 nodes.
## Technical Information

13
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/benext/doorsensor_0_0.md
View File

@ -10,7 +10,9 @@ This describes the Z-Wave device *doorSensor*, manufactured by *BeNext* with the
# Overview
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the doorSensor
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -20,6 +22,7 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the doorSensor
| Alarm (CO) | alarm_co | Door | Switch |
### Door Sensor
The ```sensor_door``` channel supports the ```Contact``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Contact``` item type -:
@ -30,9 +33,11 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Contact``
| CLOSED | Closed |
### Sensor (temperature)
The ```sensor_temperature``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Temperature``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Alarm (CO)
The ```alarm_co``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -45,6 +50,7 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 4 configuration parameters available in the doorSensor.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
@ -56,6 +62,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| 6 | Temperature offset | An offset for the temperature. |
### Parameter 1: Reset to factory settings
Set all configuration values to default values (factory settings).
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
@ -66,6 +73,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_1_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 2: External contact behavior
Configure what the external contact sends when triggered.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -81,6 +89,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_2_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 5: Operating mode.
The main operating mode for the device.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -97,6 +106,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_5_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 6: Temperature offset
An offset for the temperature.
Values in the range -32768 to 32767 may be set.
@ -107,16 +117,19 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_6_2``` and is of type ```INTEG
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The doorSensor supports 2 association groups.
### Group 1: Send frame to every node in this group (internal contact)
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 2: Send frame to every node in this group (external contact)
This group supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information

19
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/benext/energyswitch_0_0.md
View File

@ -10,7 +10,9 @@ This describes the Z-Wave device *Energy Switch +*, manufactured by *BeNext* wit
# Overview
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the Energy Switch +
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -20,17 +22,21 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the Energy Switch +
| Electric meter (watts) | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
### Switch
The ```switch_binary``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Electric meter (kWh)
The ```meter_kwh``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (watts)
The ```meter_watts``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 9 configuration parameters available in the Energy Switch +.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
@ -47,6 +53,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| 10 | Led indicator | The state of the Led compared to the relais state |
### Parameter 1: Set to Default
If value is set to 0XFF (255), device set to default
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
@ -57,6 +64,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_1_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 2: Amount of decimals
If value is set to 1 the info shall be presented with 1 decimal
0,1,2,3 amount of decimals. Every Amount higher then 3 shall be printed as 3 decimals.
Values in the range 0 to 3 may be set.
@ -67,6 +75,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_2_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 3: Power Limit
The device will shut down when it reaches an amount higher then defined (W)
0 = no power limit.
@ -79,6 +88,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_2``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 4: Start up with last known socket status
If 0 then the device will always be off, when 1-255 it will emain the last known state
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
@ -89,6 +99,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_4_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 6: Auto report %
The value will change when the % is changed.
Values in the range 10 to 100 may be set.
@ -99,6 +110,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_6_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 7: Auto report Watt
The value will change when the Watt is changed.
Values in the range 5 to 255 may be set.
@ -109,6 +121,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_7_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 8: Auto report time
The time between 2 of the meter rerport
Values in the range 10 to 255 may be set.
@ -119,6 +132,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_8_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 9: Relais delay time
The time that needs to pass before the next state change
Value \* 10 miliseconds
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
@ -129,6 +143,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_9_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 10: Led indicator
The state of the Led compared to the relais state
0 = Indication Led never off
@ -143,10 +158,10 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_10_1``` and is of type ```INTE
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The Energy Switch + supports 0 association group.
The device does not support associations.
## Technical Information
### Endpoints

19
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/benext/heatingcontrol_0_0.md
View File

@ -9,6 +9,7 @@ title: Heating Control - ZWave
This describes the Z-Wave device *Heating Control*, manufactured by *BeNext* with the thing type UID of ```benext_heatingcontrol_00_000```.
# Overview
The Heating Control is the central point of your climate environment. You can overwrite the temperature setpoint of your thermostat, and this product also reports information about your thermostat or boiler. For example the room temperature, boiler pressure, modulation level or water temperature.
This product can be simply placed between your thermostat and boiler. The current setup is not changed and therefore you can still use the device as you normally would do. You don’t have to replace your current thermostat.
@ -16,6 +17,7 @@ This product can be simply placed between your thermostat and boiler. The curren
Note: This product only works if the current communication between your thermostat and boiler uses the standardized modulating protocol Open Therm. If you are not sure whether your thermostat/boiler uses Open Therm, you may find that in the manual of your thermostat/boiler. You can also find it on the internet. You can search for example on ‘Honeywell round clock open therm’.
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the Heating Control
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -27,12 +29,15 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the Heating Control
| Energy save setpoint | thermostat_setpoint | Temperature | Number |
### Room temperature
The ```sensor_temperature``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Temperature``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Outside temperature
The ```sensor_temperature``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Temperature``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Thermostat mode
The ```thermostat_mode``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Temperature``` category.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Number``` item type -:
@ -56,14 +61,17 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Number```
| 31 | Manufacturer Specific |
### Heating setpoint
The ```thermostat_setpoint``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Temperature``` category.
### Energy save setpoint
The ```thermostat_setpoint``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Temperature``` category.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 9 configuration parameters available in the Heating Control.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
@ -80,6 +88,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| 11 | Readout manual setpoint thermostat | Readout manual setpoint thermostat |
### Parameter 1: Set to default
Set all configuration values to default values (factory settings)
If 0xFF (255) then set to default
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -94,6 +103,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_1_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 2: Data request interval
Interval of updating data from thermostat and boiler
The interval in seconds that data is requested (and therefore updated) from the thermostat and boiler.
Values in the range 1 to 255 may be set.
@ -104,6 +114,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_2_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 3: T room update difference
Difference of temperature before new update
The value that the room temperature must differ (compared to his previous send value) before an unsolicited room temperature report is send to the associated node.
Values in the range 1 to 255 may be set.
@ -114,6 +125,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 4: T setpoint update difference
Difference in setpoint before new update
The value that the temperature setpoint must differ (compared to his previous send value) before an unsolicited temperature setpoint report is send to the associated node.
Values in the range 1 to 255 may be set.
@ -124,6 +136,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_4_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 5: Unsolicited CRC
CRC-16 encapulation
Configure if the unsolicited reports are send with the CRC-16 encapsulation. Not that the receiving node should support this encapsulation to parse the Z-Wave frame!This is an advanced parameter and will therefore not show in the user interface without entering advanced mode.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -139,6 +152,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_5_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 6: Type of 'special' thermostat
Type of 'special' thermostat if applicable
Type of 'special' thermostat. NOTE: when remeha Celcia 20 support is set than any other thermostat cannot be set (!) NOTE2: when Remeha Celcia 20 gives 'Fout 203' send cfg value again
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -155,6 +169,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_6_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 7: Status auto report
Status auto report boiler/thermostat report.
Status auto report boiler/thermostat report.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -170,6 +185,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_7_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 9: Enable/Disable thermostat schedule
Enable/Disable thermostat schedule inside the controller
Enable/Disable thermostat schedule inside the heatingcontroller
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -185,6 +201,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_9_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 11: Readout manual setpoint thermostat
Readout manual setpoint thermostat
This parameter is used to set the possible manual readout of the setpoint on the thermostat. If the thermostat is manually set to a different mode it is then possible to readout this value if enabled.
@ -202,11 +219,13 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_11_1``` and is of type ```INTE
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The Heating Control supports 1 association group.
### Group 1: Group 1
Unsolicited reports
This group supports 1 nodes.

25
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/benext/molite_0_0.md
View File

@ -10,7 +10,9 @@ This describes the Z-Wave device *Molite*, manufactured by *BeNext* with the thi
# Overview
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the Molite
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -21,6 +23,7 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the Molite
| Alarm | alarm_general | Door | Switch |
### Binary Sensor
The ```sensor_binary``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -31,12 +34,15 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
| OFF | Untriggered |
### Sensor (luminance)
The ```sensor_luminance``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Temperature``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Sensor (temperature)
The ```sensor_temperature``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Temperature``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Alarm
The ```alarm_general``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -49,6 +55,7 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 16 configuration parameters available in the Molite.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
@ -72,6 +79,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| 16 | Light table 10 % | If a LDR resistance measured lower then this value the returned light percentage is 10%. See chapter light table for more information. |
### Parameter 1: Reset to factory settings
Set all configuration values to default values (factory settings).
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
@ -82,6 +90,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_1_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 2: Mode timeout
The time used in mode 2 to turn the sensor off. This time will start running as soon as detection is seen.
Values in the range 0 to 900 may be set.
@ -92,6 +101,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_2_2``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 3: Switch off time
The switch off time will start running as soon as mode timeout is done. The Motion sensor is turned on and when movement is detected again. The mode timeout (cfg param 1) will start running all over again. When switch off time is done a basic off message
Values in the range 0 to 2700 may be set.
@ -102,6 +112,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_2``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 4: sensitivity
the sensitivity of the motion circuit
Values in the range 0 to 127 may be set.
@ -112,6 +123,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_4_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 5: The mode
The mode that is entered after detection
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -128,6 +140,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_5_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 6: The temperature offset
An offset for the temperature.
Values in the range 0 to 0 may be set.
@ -138,6 +151,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_6_2``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 7: Light table 100 %
If a LDR resistance measured lower then this value the returned light percentage is 100%. See chapter light table for more information.
Values in the range 0 to 17 may be set.
@ -148,6 +162,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_7_2``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 8: Light table 90 %
If a LDR resistance measured lower then this value the returned light percentage is 90%. See chapter light table for more information.
Values in the range 0 to 38 may be set.
@ -158,6 +173,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_8_2``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 9: Light table 80 %
If a LDR resistance measured lower then this value the returned light percentage is 80%. See chapter light table for more information.
Values in the range 0 to 85 may be set.
@ -168,6 +184,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_9_2``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 10: Light table 70 %
If a LDR resistance measured lower then this value the returned light percentage is 70%. See chapter light table for more information.
Values in the range 0 to 186 may be set.
@ -178,6 +195,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_10_2``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 11: Light table 60 %
If a LDR resistance measured lower then this value the returned light percentage is 60%. See chapter light table for more information.
Values in the range 0 to 407 may be set.
@ -188,6 +206,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_11_2``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 12: Light table 50 %
If a LDR resistance measured lower then this value the returned light percentage is 50%. See chapter light table for more information.
Values in the range 0 to 891 may be set.
@ -198,6 +217,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_12_2``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 13: Light table 40 %
If a LDR resistance measured lower then this value the returned light percentage is 40%. See chapter light table for more information.
Values in the range 0 to 1949 may be set.
@ -208,6 +228,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_13_2``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 14: Light table 30 %
If a LDR resistance measured lower then this value the returned light percentage is 30%. See chapter light table for more information.
Values in the range 0 to 4265 may be set.
@ -218,6 +239,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_14_2``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 15: Light table 20 %
If a LDR resistance measured lower then this value the returned light percentage is 20%. See chapter light table for more information.
Values in the range 0 to 9332 may be set.
@ -228,6 +250,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_15_2``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 16: Light table 10 %
If a LDR resistance measured lower then this value the returned light percentage is 10%. See chapter light table for more information.
Values in the range 0 to 20417 may be set.
@ -238,12 +261,14 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_16_2``` and is of type ```INTE
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The Molite supports 1 association group.
### Group 1: Devices to be switched on when motion detected and off after on time
This group supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information

19
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/benext/p1dongle_0_0.md
View File

@ -9,6 +9,7 @@ title: P1-dongle - ZWave
This describes the Z-Wave device *P1-dongle*, manufactured by *BeNext* with the thing type UID of ```benext_p1dongle_00_000```.
# Overview
The P1-dongle sends smart meter data wirelessly to your controller, helping you get insight of your consumption and things like the overall yield of your solar panels. The P1-dongle can connect to smart meters that support DSMR (Dutch Smart Meter Reader Protocol) eg. all smart meters with a P1-connector.
LED Status Information
@ -21,6 +22,7 @@ LED Status Information
- No ready and not included in a Z-Wave network: LED pulse once per second
## Inclusion Information
- Put you controller in inclusion mode
- Connect the P1 Dongle to your Smart Meter (use a power source when needed)
- The P1 Dongle will switch to Network Wide Inclusion automatically
@ -28,6 +30,7 @@ LED Status Information
Use the button to switch the P1 Dongle to Inclusion (LED pulse twice per second) or Exclusion / Reset (LED pulse three times per 1.5 second) mode
## Exclusion Information
- Put your controller and the P1 Dongle in exclusion mode (LED pulse three times per 1.5 second)
- The dongle will exclude from it's former network and reset to node ID zero
- If the P1 Dongle wasn't included in a network before, this procedure will act as a node reset
@ -35,6 +38,7 @@ Use the button to switch the P1 Dongle to Inclusion (LED pulse twice per second)
Use the button to switch the P1 Dongle to Inclusion (LED pulse twice per second) or Exclusion / Reset (LED pulse three times per 1.5 second) mode
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the P1-dongle
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -48,30 +52,38 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the P1-dongle
| Gas meter (G_Cubic_Meters) 3 | meter_gas_cubic_meters3 | Energy | Number |
### Electric meter (kWh)
The ```meter_kwh``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (watts)
The ```meter_watts``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (kWh) 1
The ```meter_kwh1``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (watts) 1
The ```meter_watts1``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (kWh) 2
The ```meter_kwh2``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (watts) 2
The ```meter_watts2``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Gas meter (G_Cubic_Meters) 3
The ```meter_gas_cubic_meters3``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 1 configuration parameter available in the P1-dongle.
The following table provides a summary of the 1 configuration parameters available in the P1-dongle.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| Param | Name | Description |
@ -79,6 +91,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| 4 | Baud Rate | Baud rate: the rate the device sends data between the smart meter and z-wave |
### Parameter 4: Baud Rate
Baud rate: the rate the device sends data between the smart meter and z-wave
Set BAUD rate value \* 100.
Values in the range 0 to 40000 may be set.
@ -89,10 +102,10 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_4_2``` and is of type ```INTEG
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The P1-dongle supports 0 association group.
The device does not support associations.
## Technical Information
### Endpoints

19
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/benext/plugindimmer_0_0.md
View File

@ -10,7 +10,9 @@ This describes the Z-Wave device *plugInDimmer*, manufactured by *BeNext* with t
# Overview
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the plugInDimmer
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -20,17 +22,21 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the plugInDimmer
| Electric meter (watts) | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
### Dimmer
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
### Electric meter (kWh)
The ```meter_kwh``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (watts)
The ```meter_watts``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 10 configuration parameters available in the plugInDimmer.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
@ -48,6 +54,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| 15 | Fading down speed | The speed of fading down when activated (manual and RF). Fade speed is 1% per value (\* 10 ms) |
### Parameter 1: Reset to factory settings
Set all configuration values to default values (factory settings).
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
@ -58,6 +65,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_1_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 4: Enable dimming
This parameter is used to enable the dimming option of the product. When disabled the dimming and fading routine are disabled.
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -73,6 +81,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_4_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 6: Maximum powerload
The maximum powerload in watts when light is turned on, when measured higher then this value the Plugin Dimmer is automatically stops with dimming or is turned off.
Values in the range 25 to 150 may be set.
@ -83,6 +92,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_6_2``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 7: Dimming speed
The speed of dimming when activated (manual and RF). Dim speed is 1% per value (\* 10 ms)
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
@ -93,6 +103,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_7_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 8: Fading up speed
The speed of fading up when activated (manual and RF). Fade speed is 1% per value (\* 10 ms)
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
@ -103,6 +114,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_8_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 11: Auto meter report: percentage
A percentage that an energy value must be different compared to a previous sent value before an unsolicited meter report is sent. Minimum value = 1% Maximum value = 100%
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
@ -113,6 +125,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_11_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 12: Auto meter report: watt
A watt value that an energy value must be different compared to a previous sent value before an unsolicited meter report is sent. Minimum value = 5 watt Maximum value = 255 watt
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
@ -123,6 +136,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_12_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 13: Auto meter report: time
A time value that has to be passed compared to a previous sent value before a unsolicited meter report is sent. Minimum value = 10 seconds Maximum value = 255 seconds
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
@ -133,6 +147,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_13_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 14: Last known status
What to do with lamp status when power applied. If 0x00: Always switch light off when power applied. If > 0x00: Switch lamp on/off depending on last known lampstatus before power was disconnected.
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
@ -143,6 +158,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_14_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 15: Fading down speed
The speed of fading down when activated (manual and RF). Fade speed is 1% per value (\* 10 ms)
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
@ -153,15 +169,18 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_15_1``` and is of type ```INTE
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The plugInDimmer supports 2 association groups.
### Group 1: Group 1
Receives BASIC SET commands
This group supports 8 nodes.
### Group 2: Group 2
Receives METER and MULTILEVEL\_SWITCH commands
This group supports 1 nodes.

10
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/benext/powerswitch_0_0.md
View File

@ -10,7 +10,9 @@ This describes the Z-Wave device *powerSwitch*, manufactured by *BeNext* with th
# Overview
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the powerSwitch
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -18,11 +20,13 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the powerSwitch
| Switch | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
### Switch
The ```switch_binary``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 4 configuration parameters available in the powerSwitch.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
@ -34,6 +38,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| 10 | Led indicator | Show the led compared to the relay state |
### Parameter 1: Set to Default
Set all configuration values to default values (factory settings)
All values (0x00 – 0xFF) except for 0x55 can be used to default all the configuration params .
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
@ -44,6 +49,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_1_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 4: Start up with last known socket status
state in what the switch is when power is supplied
If 0x01–0xFF: When power applied socket is the state before power was disconnected
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
@ -54,6 +60,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_4_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 9: Relay delay time
When the relay is switched it can't be switched again until the configured time has passed
Value \* 10 milliseconds
Values in the range 0 to 0 may be set.
@ -64,6 +71,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_9_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 10: Led indicator
Show the led compared to the relay state
If value is 0: the indicator led is never switched on If value is 1: the indicator led is switched on when relay is switched on If value is 2: the indicator led is switched on when relay is switched off
Values in the range 0 to 2 may be set.
@ -74,12 +82,14 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_10_1``` and is of type ```INTE
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The powerSwitch supports 1 association group.
### Group 1: Group 1
This group supports 1 nodes.
## Technical Information

14
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/benext/tagreader_0_0.md
View File

@ -10,7 +10,9 @@ This describes the Z-Wave device *Tag Reader*, manufactured by *BeNext* with the
# Overview
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the Tag Reader
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -20,9 +22,11 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the Tag Reader
| Alarm (access) | notification_access_control | | Number |
### Switch
The ```switch_binary``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Alarm (burglar)
The ```alarm_burglar``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -33,6 +37,7 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
| ON | Alarm |
### Alarm (access)
The ```notification_access_control``` channel supports the ```Number``` item. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Number``` item type -:
@ -80,6 +85,7 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Number```
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 6 configuration parameters available in the Tag Reader.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
@ -93,6 +99,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| 6 | RFID circuit start-up time | The time the RFID will be started after pressing "home" or "away" |
### Parameter 1: Set to Default
Set all configuration values to default values (factory settings)
If the Value is set to 0xFF (255) this device will return to factory settings.
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
@ -103,6 +110,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_1_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 2: Feedback time
the time the beep goes to off
0x00 = Off, 0xFF = endless
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
@ -113,6 +121,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_2_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 3: Feedback time-out
waiting for the wake-up-no-more command
Too configure the time-out, waiting on the wakeup\_no\_more\_information command before the error sound starts automatically. The error sound is set to 8 short beeps.
@ -125,6 +134,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 4: feedback beeps per second
Amount of beeps a second
To set the amount of beeps per second, every beep is around 10ms.
Values in the range 0 to 5 may be set.
@ -135,6 +145,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_4_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 5: Mode
To configure mode
Mode 1 = normal working mode
@ -149,6 +160,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_5_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 6: RFID circuit start-up time
The time the RFID will be started after pressing "home" or "away"
0x64 (100 \* 10 ms = 1 s)
@ -163,11 +175,13 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_6_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The Tag Reader supports 1 association group.
### Group 1: Association group 1
Link devices to the tag reader
This group supports 5 nodes.

19
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/bonig/pope005206_0_0.md
View File

@ -10,7 +10,9 @@ This describes the Z-Wave device *POPE005206*, manufactured by *Bönig und Kalle
# Overview
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the POPE005206
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -26,6 +28,7 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the POPE005206
| Electric meter (pulses) | meter_pulse | Energy | Number |
### Binary Sensor
The ```sensor_binary``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -36,32 +39,41 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
| OFF | Untriggered |
### Sensor (dew point)
The ```sensor_dewpoint``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Temperature``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Sensor (temperature)
The ```sensor_temperature``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Temperature``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Sensor (relative humidity)
The ```sensor_relhumidity``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Humidity``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Sensor (velocity)
The ```sensor_velocity``` channel supports the ```Number``` item. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Sensor (luminance)
The ```sensor_luminance``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Temperature``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Sensor (barometric pressure)
The ```sensor_barpressure``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Temperature``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (kWh)
The ```meter_kwh``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Electric meter (pulses)
The ```meter_pulse``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Energy``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 2 configuration parameters available in the POPE005206.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
@ -71,6 +83,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| 2 | Twilight Action Threshold | Set from 0 - 100 % Default = 37% (street lighting) |
### Parameter 1: Wind Speed Action Threshold
Available Parameters: 0 - Off 1 - 30 in milliseconds Default = 6 m/s
Values in the range 0 to 30 may be set.
@ -81,6 +94,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_1_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 2: Twilight Action Threshold
Set from 0 - 100 % Default = 37% (street lighting)
Values in the range 0 to 100 may be set.
@ -91,24 +105,29 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_2_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The POPE005206 supports 4 association groups.
### Group 1: Life Line
This group supports 1 nodes.
### Group 2: Wind Speed
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 3: End of Dawn
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 4: End of Dusk
This group supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information

10
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/brk/zcombo_0_0.md
View File

@ -10,7 +10,9 @@ This describes the Z-Wave device *ZCOMBO*, manufactured by *BRK Brands, Inc.* wi
# Overview
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZCOMBO
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -19,6 +21,7 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the ZCOMBO
| Smoke | alarm_smoke | Door | Switch |
### Heartbeat
The ```alarm_general``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -29,6 +32,7 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
| ON | Alarm |
### Smoke
The ```alarm_smoke``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -41,7 +45,8 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 1 configuration parameter available in the ZCOMBO.
The following table provides a summary of the 1 configuration parameters available in the ZCOMBO.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| Param | Name | Description |
@ -49,6 +54,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| 1 | Send double alarms | Causes the device to send double alarm messages |
### Parameter 1: Send double alarms
Causes the device to send double alarm messages
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -64,12 +70,14 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_1_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The ZCOMBO supports 1 association group.
### Group 1: Group 1
This group supports 1 nodes.
## Technical Information

9
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/brk/zsmoke_0_0.md
View File

@ -12,7 +12,9 @@ The device is in the category of Smoke Detector, defining Smoke detectors.
# Overview
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZSMOKE
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -20,6 +22,7 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the ZSMOKE
| Alarm | alarm_general | Door | Switch |
### Alarm
The ```alarm_general``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -32,7 +35,8 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 1 configuration parameter available in the ZSMOKE.
The following table provides a summary of the 1 configuration parameters available in the ZSMOKE.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| Param | Name | Description |
@ -40,6 +44,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| 1 | Send double alarms | Causes the device to send double alarm messages |
### Parameter 1: Send double alarms
Causes the device to send double alarm messages
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -55,12 +60,14 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_1_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The ZSMOKE supports 1 association group.
### Group 1: Group 1
This group supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information

10
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/cbcc/swzcs1_0_0.md
View File

@ -10,7 +10,9 @@ This describes the Z-Wave device *SW-ZCS-1*, manufactured by *CBCC Domotique SAS
# Overview
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the SW-ZCS-1
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -18,12 +20,14 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the SW-ZCS-1
| Switch | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
### Switch
The ```switch_binary``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 1 configuration parameter available in the SW-ZCS-1.
The following table provides a summary of the 1 configuration parameters available in the SW-ZCS-1.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| Param | Name | Description |
@ -33,6 +37,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
### Parameter 1: Switch All
The following option values may be configured -:
| Value | Description |
@ -48,16 +53,19 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_1_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The SW-ZCS-1 supports 2 association groups.
### Group 1: Group 1
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 2: Group 2
This group supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information

10
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/chromagic/hsm02_0_0.md
View File

@ -10,7 +10,9 @@ This describes the Z-Wave device *HSM02*, manufactured by *Chromagic Technologie
# Overview
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the HSM02
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -19,6 +21,7 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the HSM02
| Alarm | alarm_general | Door | Switch |
### Binary Sensor
The ```sensor_binary``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -29,6 +32,7 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
| OFF | Untriggered |
### Alarm
The ```alarm_general``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -41,6 +45,7 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 2 configuration parameters available in the HSM02.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
@ -50,6 +55,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| 2 | Configuring the OFF Delay | OFF Delay in seconds |
### Parameter 1: Basic Set Level
Value to be sent with a BASIC SET command
Values in the range 0 to 99 may be set.
@ -60,6 +66,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_1_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 2: Configuring the OFF Delay
OFF Delay in seconds
Values in the range 0 to 127 may be set.
@ -70,16 +77,19 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_2_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The HSM02 supports 2 association groups.
### Group 1: Target for reports
This group supports 1 nodes.
### Group 2: Target nodes who receive BASIC_SET command
This group supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information

10
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/chromagic/sm103_0_0.md
View File

@ -10,7 +10,9 @@ This describes the Z-Wave device *SM103*, manufactured by *Chromagic Technologie
# Overview
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the SM103
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -19,6 +21,7 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the SM103
| Alarm | alarm_general | Door | Switch |
### Binary Sensor
The ```sensor_binary``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -29,6 +32,7 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
| OFF | Untriggered |
### Alarm
The ```alarm_general``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -41,6 +45,7 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 2 configuration parameters available in the SM103.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
@ -50,6 +55,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| 2 | Configuring the OFF Delay | OFF Delay in seconds |
### Parameter 1: Basic Set Level
Value to be sent with a BASIC SET command
Values in the range 0 to 99 may be set.
@ -60,6 +66,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_1_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 2: Configuring the OFF Delay
OFF Delay in seconds
Values in the range 0 to 127 may be set.
@ -70,16 +77,19 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_2_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The SM103 supports 2 association groups.
### Group 1: Tamper Event Report (Alarm Report)
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 2: Control other Z-Wave Devices
This group supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information

23
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/cloud/a803n_0_0.md
View File

@ -10,7 +10,9 @@ This describes the Z-Wave device *A803N*, manufactured by *Cloud Media* with the
# Overview
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the A803N
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -20,6 +22,7 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the A803N
| Alarm (general) | alarm_general | Door | Switch |
### Binary Sensor
The ```sensor_binary``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -30,9 +33,11 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
| OFF | Untriggered |
### Sensor (luminance)
The ```sensor_luminance``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Temperature``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Alarm (general)
The ```alarm_general``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -45,6 +50,7 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 12 configuration parameters available in the A803N.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
@ -64,6 +70,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| 12 | Param 12 | Param 12 |
### Parameter 1: Param 1
Param 1
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
@ -74,6 +81,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_1_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 2: Param 2
Param 2
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
@ -84,6 +92,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_2_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 3: Param 3
Param 3
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
@ -94,6 +103,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 4: Param 4
Param 4
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
@ -104,6 +114,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_4_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 5: Param 5
Param 5
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
@ -114,6 +125,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_5_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 6: Param 6
Param 6
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
@ -124,6 +136,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_6_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 7: Param 7
Param 7
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
@ -134,6 +147,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_7_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 8: Param 8
Param 8
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
@ -144,6 +158,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_8_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 9: Param 9
Param 9
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
@ -154,6 +169,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_9_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 10: Param 10
Param 10
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
@ -164,6 +180,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_10_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 11: Param 11
Param 11
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
@ -174,6 +191,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_11_1``` and is of type ```INTE
### Parameter 12: Param 12
Param 12
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
@ -184,24 +202,29 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_12_1``` and is of type ```INTE
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The A803N supports 4 association groups.
### Group 1: Group 1
This group supports 1 nodes.
### Group 2: Group 2
This group supports 4 nodes.
### Group 3: Group 3
This group supports 4 nodes.
### Group 4: Group 4
This group supports 4 nodes.
## Technical Information

20
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/connecthome/ch201_0_0.md
View File

@ -10,7 +10,9 @@ This describes the Z-Wave device *CH-201*, manufactured by *ConnectHome* with th
# Overview
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the CH-201
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -26,9 +28,11 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the CH-201
| Sensor (temperature) 2 | sensor_temperature2 | Temperature | Number |
### Sensor (temperature)
The ```sensor_temperature``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Temperature``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Thermostat mode
The ```thermostat_mode``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Temperature``` category.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Number``` item type -:
@ -52,6 +56,7 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Number```
| 31 | Manufacturer Specific |
### Operating State
The ```thermostat_state``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Temperature``` category.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Number``` item type -:
@ -66,12 +71,15 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Number```
| 6 | Vent / Economiser |
### Setpoint (heating)
The ```thermostat_setpoint``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Temperature``` category.
### Sensor (temperature) 1
The ```sensor_temperature1``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Temperature``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
### Thermostat mode 1
The ```thermostat_mode1``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Temperature``` category.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Number``` item type -:
@ -95,6 +103,7 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Number```
| 31 | Manufacturer Specific |
### Operating State 1
The ```thermostat_state1``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Temperature``` category.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Number``` item type -:
@ -109,25 +118,24 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Number```
| 6 | Vent / Economiser |
### Setpoint (heating) 1
The ```thermostat_setpoint1``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Temperature``` category.
### Sensor (temperature) 2
The ```sensor_temperature2``` channel supports the ```Number``` item and is in the ```Temperature``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 0 configuration parameter available in the CH-201.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| Param | Name | Description |
|-------|-------|-------------|
The device has no configuration parameters configugured.
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The CH-201 supports 0 association group.
The device does not support associations.
## Technical Information
### Endpoints

10
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/cooper/rf9500_0_0.md
View File

@ -12,7 +12,9 @@ The device is in the category of Wall Switch, defining Any device attached to th
# Overview
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the RF9500
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -20,24 +22,24 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the RF9500
| Brightness | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
### Brightness
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 0 configuration parameter available in the RF9500.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| Param | Name | Description |
|-------|-------|-------------|
The device has no configuration parameters configugured.
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The RF9500 supports 1 association group.
### Group 1: Group 1
This group supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information

14
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/cooper/rf9501_0_0.md
View File

@ -12,7 +12,9 @@ The device is in the category of Wall Switch, defining Any device attached to th
# Overview
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the RF9501
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -22,12 +24,15 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the RF9501
| Alarm | alarm_general | Door | Switch |
### Switch
The ```switch_binary``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Scene Number
The ```scene_number``` channel supports the ```Number``` item.
### Alarm
The ```alarm_general``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -40,6 +45,7 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 6 configuration parameters available in the RF9501.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
@ -53,6 +59,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| 6 | Panic mode enable | Enables this switch to participate in panic mode |
### Parameter 1: Delayed OFF time
The time in seconds the switch will delay when trigger the delayed off feature
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
@ -63,6 +70,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_1_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 2: Panic ON time
The time in seconds the switch will turn on for when panic mode is triggered
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
@ -73,6 +81,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_2_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 3: Panic OFF time
The time in seconds the switch will turn off for when panic mode is triggered
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
@ -83,6 +92,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_3_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 4: Basic Set Value
Setting this to anything other than 0 will cause the value to be transmitted to devices in the association group when the switch is triggered. A setting other than 0 will likely result in undesired operation
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
@ -93,6 +103,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_4_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 5: Power Up State
Power Up State of the switch
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -109,6 +120,7 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_5_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
### Parameter 6: Panic mode enable
Enables this switch to participate in panic mode
The following option values may be configured -:
@ -124,12 +136,14 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_6_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The RF9501 supports 1 association group.
### Group 1: Group 1
This group supports 5 nodes.
## Technical Information

13
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/cooper/rf9517_0_0.md
View File

@ -9,15 +9,19 @@ title: RF9517 - ZWave
This describes the Z-Wave device *RF9517*, manufactured by *Cooper Wiring Devices* with the thing type UID of ```cooper_rf9517_00_000```.
# Overview
Aspire RF Accessory Switch Compatible with Aspire RF switch (RF9501, RF9518) for wireless 3-way control eliminating the need for traditional 3-way wiring (up to 5 locations)
## Inclusion Information
switch will have blinking blue LED when first powered on initiate inclusion mode on controller device press the RF9517 button once RF9517 blue LED should turn solid indicating inclusion.
## Exclusion Information
initiate exclusion mode on controller device press the RF9517 button once RF9517 blue LED should begin blinking indicating inclusion.
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the RF9517
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -26,15 +30,18 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the RF9517
| Scene Number | scene_number | | Number |
### Switch
The ```switch_binary``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Switch``` category.
### Scene Number
The ```scene_number``` channel supports the ```Number``` item.
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 1 configuration parameter available in the RF9517.
The following table provides a summary of the 1 configuration parameters available in the RF9517.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| Param | Name | Description |
@ -42,6 +49,7 @@ Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| 1 | Delayed OFF time | The time in seconds the switch will delay when trigger the delayed off feature |
### Parameter 1: Delayed OFF time
The time in seconds the switch will delay when trigger the delayed off feature
Values in the range 0 to 255 may be set.
@ -52,16 +60,19 @@ This parameter has the configuration ID ```config_1_1``` and is of type ```INTEG
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The RF9517 supports 2 association groups.
### Group 1: Group 1
This group supports 5 nodes.
### Group 127: Group 255
This group supports 1 nodes.
## Technical Information

14
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/cooper/rf9534_0_0.md
View File

@ -12,7 +12,9 @@ The device is in the category of Wall Switch, defining Any device attached to th
# Overview
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the RF9534
| Channel | Channel Id | Category | Item Type |
@ -22,12 +24,15 @@ The following table summarises the channels available for the RF9534
| Alarm | alarm_general | Door | Switch |
### Dimmer
The ```switch_dimmer``` channel supports the ```Dimmer``` item and is in the ```DimmableLight``` category.
### Scene Number
The ```scene_number``` channel supports the ```Number``` item.
### Alarm
The ```alarm_general``` channel supports the ```Switch``` item and is in the ```Door``` category. This is a read only channel so will only be updated following state changes from the device.
The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch``` item type -:
@ -40,17 +45,14 @@ The following state translation is provided for this channel to the ```Switch```
## Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the 0 configuration parameter available in the RF9534.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found in the sections below.
| Param | Name | Description |
|-------|-------|-------------|
The device has no configuration parameters configugured.
## Association Groups
Association groups allow the device to send unsolicited reports to the controller, or other devices in the network. Using association groups can allow you to eliminate polling, providing instant feedback of a device state change without unnecessary network traffic.
The RF9534 supports 0 association group.
The device does not support associations.
## Technical Information
### Endpoints

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More